summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/67829-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-22 00:38:57 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-22 00:38:57 -0800
commitd200f48b933276210cee239eb3eec61f38981df1 (patch)
treee76b9d0e94ddc32244e0f1ae8bf565c370a85e86 /old/67829-0.txt
parentf3b0cc45fbd387b2201c9df9e8c7f1b7c9a56fe1 (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
Diffstat (limited to 'old/67829-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/67829-0.txt7786
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7786 deletions
diff --git a/old/67829-0.txt b/old/67829-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c4ac53..0000000
--- a/old/67829-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7786 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Floating City and The Blockade
-Runners, by Jules Verne
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: A Floating City and The Blockade Runners
-
-Author: Jules Verne
-
-Release Date: April 14, 2022 [eBook #67829]
-
-Language: English
-
-Produced by: Richard Hulse, Guus Snijders and the Online Distributed
- Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
- produced from images generously made available by The
- Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A FLOATING CITY AND THE
-BLOCKADE RUNNERS ***
-
-
- Transcriber’s note:
-
- This version of the text cannot represent certain typographical
- effects.
- Italics are delimited with the '_' character as _italic_.
- The illustrations with a caption have been replaced with
- [Illustration: caption].
-
-
-The few minor errors, attributable to the printer, have been corrected.
-Please see the transcriber’s notes at the end of this text for details
-regarding the handling of any textual issues encountered during its
-preparation. The full-page illustrations have been moved to more
-appropriate locations.
-
-The Table of Contents was added by the transcriber.
-
-
-
-
- [Illustration: ONE WOULD HAVE TAKEN HER FOR A SMALL ISLAND.]
-
- UNIFORM EDITION
- ———
-
- A FLOATING CITY
-
- AND
-
- THE BLOCKADE RUNNERS
-
- BY
-
- JULES VERNE
-
-
-
- ILLUSTRATED
-
- NEW YORK
-
- CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS
-
- 1904
-
-
-
-
- Table of contents.
-
- PAGE
- Part 1: A Floating City
- Chapter I. 1
- Chapter II. 6
- Chapter III. 14
- Chapter IV. 20
- Chapter V. 24
- Chapter VI. 28
- Chapter VII. 35
- Chapter VIII. 39
- Chapter IX. 47
- Chapter X. 52
- Chapter XI. 62
- Chapter XII. 65
- Chapter XIII. 71
- Chapter XIV. 75
- Chapter XV. 78
- Chapter XVI. 81
- Chapter XVII. 87
- Chapter XVIII. 90
- Chapter XIX. 94
- Chapter XX. 99
- Chapter XXI. 104
- Chapter XXII. 109
- Chapter XXIII. 115
- Chapter XXIV. 118
- Chapter XXV. 124
- Chapter XXVI. 129
- Chapter XXVII. 133
- Chapter XXVIII. 136
- Chapter XXIX. 140
- Chapter XXX. 145
- Chapter XXXI. 148
- Chapter XXXII. 152
- Chapter XXXIII. 157
- Chapter XXXIV. 164
- Chapter XXXV. 168
- Chapter XXXVI. 172
- Chapter XXXVII. 177
- Chapter XXXVIII. 185
- Chapter XXXIX. 193
- Part 2: The Blockade Runners 197
-
-
-
-
- LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
-
- PAGE
- One would have taken her for a small Island Frontispiece
- Carpentering, Rigging, and Painting 6
- Then began the slow interminable Ascent 17
- Every Man at the capstan-bars was knocked down 22
- Soon we came in sight of Queenstown 29
- Captain Corsican and I bowed 30
- When a body rolled at my feet 40
- The waif was the hull of a ship 49
- “They,” said he, “are people from the Far West” 56
- I often see them leaning over the railings of the 61
- engine-rooms
- He made an angry gesture, which I arrested 68
- “I see,” said Dr. Pitferge 76
- A fine-looking young fellow 85
- His back rounded, and his head muffled in a hood 91
- The Black Lady 96
- He treated Drake with supreme contempt 108
- Fabian went near to the cabin doors 113
- One of the sailors lying unconscious 122
- A troop of Minstrels 130
- “Do you accept that blow?” 132
- The Prayer for the Dead 147
- I remained on deck, watching the storm rise 152
- A small schooner was signalled to starboard 153
- I turned, and saw Ellen, pale as death 162
- The fog cleared off 174
- Nature has combined everything to astonish the eye 179
- The Cataract falling before us 187
- “Fabian! Fabian!” cried she, at last 191
- She plunged into the Clyde 199
- “The same,” replied the Skipper 208
- And soon disappeared 213
- “Captain!” exclaimed he 220
- Thank you, sir, thank you 232
- He saw distinctly 235
- The Squall 244
- Crockston was examining the horizon attentively 246
- Miss Halliburtt was standing on the poop 251
- “I promise you, Miss Jenny” 260
- Mr. Halliburtt? 271
- Jenny fell into her father’s arms 275
- He took the shell 282
- “Well, Uncle Vincent” 286
-
-
-
-
- A FLOATING CITY.
-
- -------
-
-
- CHAPTER I.
-
-
-On the 18th of March, 1867, I arrived at Liverpool, intending to take a
-berth simply as an amateur traveller on board the “Great Eastern,” which
-in a few days was to sail for New York. I had sometimes thought of
-paying a visit to North America, and was now tempted to cross the
-Atlantic on board this gigantic boat. First of all the “Great Eastern,”
-then the country celebrated by Cooper.
-
-This steam-ship is indeed a masterpiece of naval construction; more than
-a vessel, it is a floating city, part of the country, detached from
-English soil, which after having crossed the sea, unites itself to the
-American Continent. I pictured to myself this enormous bulk borne on the
-waves, her defiant struggle with the wind, her boldness before the
-powerless sea, her indifference to the billows, her stability in the
-midst of that element which tosses “Warriors” and “Solferinos” like
-ship’s boats. But my imagination carried me no farther; all these things
-I did indeed see during the passage, and many others which do not
-exclusively belong to the maritime domain. If the “Great Eastern” is not
-merely a nautical engine, but rather a microcosm, and carries a small
-world with it, an observer will not be astonished to meet here, as on a
-larger theatre, all the instincts, follies, and passions of human
-nature.
-
-On leaving the station, I went to the Adelphi Hotel. The “Great Eastern”
-was announced to sail on the 20th of March, and as I wished to witness
-the last preparations, I asked permission of Captain Anderson, the
-commander, to take my place on board immediately, which permission he
-very obligingly granted.
-
-The next day I went down towards the basins which form a double line of
-docks on the banks of the Mersey. The gate-keepers allowed me to go on
-to Prince’s Landing-Stage, a kind of movable raft which rises and falls
-with the tide, and is a landing place for the numerous boats which run
-between Liverpool, and the opposite town of Birkenhead on the left bank
-of the Mersey.
-
-The Mersey, like the Thames, is only an insignificant stream, unworthy
-the name of river, although it falls into the sea.
-
-It is an immense depression of the land filled with water, in fact
-nothing more than a hole, the depth of which allows it to receive ships
-of the heaviest tonnage, such as the “Great Eastern,” to which almost
-every other port in the world is closed. Thanks to this natural
-condition, the streams of the Thames and the Mersey have seen two
-immense commercial cities, London and Liverpool, built almost at their
-mouths, and from a similar cause has Glasgow arisen on the Clyde.
-
-At Prince’s Landing-Stage, a small tug in the service of the “Great
-Eastern” was getting up steam. I went on board and found it already
-crowded with workmen and mechanics. As the clock in Victoria Tower
-struck seven, the tender left her moorings and quickly ascended the
-Mersey with the rising tide.
-
-Scarcely had we started, when I saw on the quay a tall young man, with
-that aristocratic look which so distinguishes the English officer. I
-thought I recognized in him a friend whom I had not seen for several
-years, a captain in the Indian army; but I must have been mistaken, for
-Captain Mac Elwin could not have left Bombay, as I ought to have known,
-besides Mac Elwin was a gay, careless fellow, and a jovial companion,
-but this person, if he resembled him in feature, seemed melancholy, and
-as though burdened with a secret grief. Be it as it may, I had not time
-to observe him more closely, for the tender was moving rapidly away, and
-the impression founded on this resemblance soon vanished from my mind.
-
-The “Great Eastern” was anchored about three miles up the river, at a
-depth equal to the height of the tallest houses in Liverpool. She was
-not to be seen from Prince’s Stage, but I caught a glimpse of her
-imposing bulk from the first bend in the river.
-
-One would have taken her for a small island, hardly discernible in the
-mist. She appeared with her bows towards us, having swung round with the
-tide; but soon the tender altered her course, and the whole length of
-the steam-ship was presented to our view; she seemed what in fact she
-was—enormous! Three or four colliers alongside were pouring their
-cargoes of coal into her port-holes. Beside the “Great Eastern,” these
-three-mast ships looked like barges; their chimneys did not even reach
-the first line of light-ports in her hull; the yards of their
-gallant-sails did not come up to her bulwarks. The giant could have
-hoisted these ships on its davits like shore-boats.
-
-Meanwhile the tender approached the “Great Eastern,” whose chains were
-violently strained by the pressure of the tide, and ranged up to the
-foot of an immense winding staircase, on the larboard side. In this
-position the deck of the tender was only on a level with the load
-water-line of the steam-ship, to which line she would be depressed when
-in full cargo, and which still emerged two yards.
-
-The workmen were now hurriedly disembarking and clambering up the
-numerous steps which terminated at the fore-part of the ship. I, with
-head upturned, and my body thrown back, surveyed the wheels of the
-“Great Eastern,” like a tourist looking up at a high edifice.
-
-Seen from the side, these wheels looked narrow and contracted, although
-their paddles were four yards broad, but in front they had a monumental
-aspect. Their elegant fittings, the arrangements of the whole plan, the
-stays crossing each other to support the division of the triple centre
-rim, the radius of red spokes, the machinery half lost in the shadow of
-the wide paddle-boards, all this impressed the mind, and awakened an
-idea of some gigantic and mysterious power.
-
-With what force must these wooden paddles strike the waves which are now
-gently breaking over them! what a boiling of water when this powerful
-engine strikes it blow after blow! what a thundering noise engulfed in
-this paddle-box cavern! when the “Great Eastern” goes at full speed,
-under the pressure of wheels measuring fifty-three feet in diameter and
-166 in circumference, weighing ninety tons, and making eleven
-revolutions a minute. The tender had disembarked her crew; I stepped on
-to the fluted iron steps, and in a few minutes had crossed the fore-part
-of the “Great Eastern.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II.
-
-
-The deck was still nothing but an immense timber-yard given up to an
-army of workmen. I could not believe I was on board a ship. Several
-thousand men—workmen, crew, engineers, officers, mechanics,
-lookers-on—mingled and jostled together without the least concern, some
-on deck, others in the engine-room; here pacing the upper decks, there
-scattered in the rigging, all in an indescribable pell-mell. Here
-fly-wheel cranes were raising enormous pieces of cast-iron, there heavy
-joists were hoisted by steam-windlasses; above the engine-rooms an iron
-cylinder, a metal shaft in fact, was balanced. At the bows, the yards
-creaked as the sails were hoisted; at the stern rose a scaffolding
-which, doubtless, concealed some building in construction. Building,
-fixing, carpentering, rigging, and painting, were going on in the midst
-of the greatest disorder.
-
-[Illustration: CARPENTERING, RIGGING, AND PAINTING.]
-
-My luggage was already on board. I asked to see Captain Anderson, and
-was told that he had not yet arrived; but one of the stewards undertook
-to install me, and had my packages carried to one of the aft-cabins.
-
-“My good fellow,” said I to him, “the ‘Great Eastern’ was announced to
-sail on the 20th of March, but is it possible that we can be ready in
-twenty-four hours? Can you tell me when we may expect to leave
-Liverpool?”
-
-But in this respect the steward knew no more than I did, and he left me
-to myself. I then made up my mind to visit all the ins and outs of this
-immense ant-hill, and began my walk like a tourist in a foreign town. A
-black mire—that British mud which is so rarely absent from the pavement
-of English towns—covered the deck of the steam-ship; dirty gutters wound
-here and there. One might have thought oneself in the worst part of
-Upper Thames Street, near London Bridge. I walked on, following the
-upper decks towards the stern. Stretching on either side were two wide
-streets, or rather boulevards, filled with a compact crowd; thus
-walking, I came to the centre of the steam-ship between the paddles,
-united by a double set of bridges.
-
-Here opened the pit containing the machinery of the paddle-wheels, and I
-had an opportunity of looking at this admirable locomotive engine. About
-fifty workmen were scattered on the metallic skylights, some clinging to
-the long suction-pumps fixing the eccentric wheels, others hanging on
-the cranks riveting iron wedges with enormous wrenches. After having
-cast a rapid glance over these fitting works, I continued my walk till I
-reached the bows, where the carpenters were finishing the decoration of
-a large saloon called the “smoking-room,” a magnificent apartment with
-fourteen windows; the ceiling white and gold, and wainscoted with
-lemon-coloured panels. Then, after having crossed a small triangular
-space at the bows, I reached the stem, which descends perpendicularly
-into the water.
-
-Turning round from this extreme point, through an opening in the mists,
-I saw the stern of the “Great Eastern” at a distance of more than two
-hundred yards.
-
-I returned by the boulevards on the starboard side, avoiding contact
-with the swaying pulleys and the ropes of the rigging, lashed in all
-directions by the wind; now keeping out of the way, here of the blows of
-a fly-wheel crane, and further on, of the flaming scoria which were
-showering from a forge like a display of fireworks. I could hardly see
-the tops of the masts, two hundred feet in height, which lost themselves
-in the mist, increased by the black smoke from the tenders and colliers.
-
-After having passed the great hatchway of the engine-rooms, I observed a
-“small hotel” on my left, and then the spacious side walls of a palace
-surmounted by a terrace, the railings of which were being varnished. At
-last I reached the stern of the steam-ship, and the place I had already
-noticed where the scaffolding was erected. Here between the last small
-deck cabin and the enormous gratings of the hatchways, above which rose
-the four wheels of the rudder, some engineers had just finished placing
-a steam-engine. The engine was composed of two horizontal cylinders, and
-presented a system of pinions, levers, and blocks which seemed to me
-very complicated. I did not understand at first for what it was
-intended, but it appeared that here, as everywhere else, the
-preparations were far from complete.
-
-And now, why all these delays? Why so many new arrangements on board the
-“Great Eastern,” a comparatively new ship? The reason may be explained
-in a few words.
-
-After twenty passages from England to America, one of which was marked
-by very serious disasters, the use of the “Great Eastern” was
-temporarily abandoned, and this immense ship, arranged to accommodate
-passengers, seemed no longer good for anything. When the first attempt
-to lay the Atlantic cable had failed,—partly because the number of ships
-which carried it was insufficient—engineers thought of the “Great
-Eastern.” She alone could store on board the 2100 miles of metallic
-wire, weighing 4500 tons. She alone, thanks to her perfect indifference
-to the sea, could unroll and immerse this immense cable. But special
-arrangements were necessary for storing away the cable in the ship’s
-hold. Two out of six boilers were removed, and one chimney out of three
-belonging to the screw engine; in their places large tanks were placed
-for the cable, which was immersed in water to preserve it from the
-effects of variation of the atmosphere; the wire thus passed from these
-tanks of water into the sea without suffering the least contact with the
-air.
-
-The laying of the cable having been successfully accomplished, and the
-object in view attained, the “Great Eastern” was once more left in her
-costly idleness. A French company, called the “Great Eastern Company,
-Limited,” was floated with a capital of 2,000,000 francs, with the
-intention of employing the immense ship for the conveyance of passengers
-across the Atlantic. Thus the reason for rearranging the ship to this
-purpose, and the consequent necessity of filling up the tanks and
-replacing the boilers, of enlarging the saloons in which so many people
-were to live during the voyage, and of building extra dining saloons,
-finally the arrangement of a thousand berths in the sides of the
-gigantic hull.
-
-The “Great Eastern” was freighted to the amount of 25,000 francs a
-month. Two contracts were arranged with G. Forrester and Co., of
-Liverpool, the first to the amount of 538,750 francs, for making new
-boilers for the screw; the second to the amount of 662,500 francs for
-general repairs, and fixings on board.
-
-Before entering upon the last undertaking, the Board of Trade required
-that the ship’s hull should undergo a strict examination. This costly
-operation accomplished, a long crack in her exterior plates was
-carefully repaired at a great expense, and the next proceeding was to
-fix the new boilers; the driving main-shaft of the wheels, which had
-been damaged during the last voyage, had to be replaced by a shaft,
-provided with two eccentric wheels, which insured the solidity of this
-important part. And now for the first time the “Great Eastern” was to be
-steered by steam.
-
-It was for this delicate operation that the engineers intended the
-engine which they had placed at the stern. The steersman standing on the
-bridge between the signal apparatus of the wheels and the screw, has
-before his eyes a dial provided with a moving needle, which tells him
-every moment the position of his rudder. In order to modify it, he has
-only to press his hand lightly on a small wheel, measuring hardly a foot
-in diameter, and placed within his reach. Immediately the valves open,
-the steam from the boilers rushes along the conducting tubes into the
-two cylinders of the small engine, the pistons move rapidly, and the
-rudder instantly obeys. If this plan succeeds, a man will be able to
-direct the gigantic body of the “Great Eastern” with one finger.
-
-For five days operations continued with distracting activity. These
-delays considerably affected the enterprise of the freighters, but the
-contractors could do no more. The day for setting sail was irrevocably
-settled for the 26th of March. The 25th still saw the deck strewn with
-all kinds of tools.
-
-During this last day, however, little by little the gangways were
-cleared, the scaffoldings were taken down, the fly-wheel cranes
-disappeared, the fixing of the engines was accomplished, the last screws
-and nails were driven in, the reservoirs filled with oil, and the last
-slab rested on its metal mortise. This day the chief engineer tried the
-boilers. The engine-rooms were full of steam; leaning over the hatchway,
-enveloped in a hot mist, I could see nothing, but I heard the long
-pistons groaning, and the huge cylinders noisily swaying to and fro on
-their solid swing blocks. The muddy waters of the Mersey were lashed
-into foam by the slowly revolving paddle-wheels; at the stern, the screw
-beat the waves with its four blades; the two engines, entirely
-independent of each other, were in complete working order.
-
-Towards five o’clock a small steamer, intended as a shore-boat for the
-“Great Eastern,” came alongside. Her movable engine was first hoisted on
-board by means of windlasses, but as for the steamer herself, she could
-not be embarked. Her steel hull was so heavy that the davits to which it
-was attached bent under the weight, undoubtedly this would not have
-occurred had they supported them with lifts. Therefore they were obliged
-to abandon the steamer, but there still remained on the “Great Eastern”
-a string of sixteen boats hanging to the davits.
-
-Everything was finished by evening; not a trace of mud was visible on
-the well-swept boulevards, for an army of sweepers had been at work.
-There was a full cargo; provisions, goods, and coal filled the stewards’
-room, the store, and the coal houses. However, the steamer had not yet
-sunk to the load water-line, and did not draw the necessary thirty-three
-feet. It was an inconvenient position for the wheels, for the paddles
-not being sufficiently immersed, caused a great diminution in the speed.
-
-Nevertheless it was possible to set sail, and I went to bed with the
-hope of starting next day. I was not disappointed, for at break of dawn
-I saw the English, French, and American flags floating from the masts.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III.
-
-
-The “Great Eastern” was indeed preparing to sail. Already volumes of
-black smoke were issuing from the five chimneys, and hot steam filled
-the engine-rooms. Some sailors were brightening up the four great
-fog-cannons which were to salute Liverpool as we sailed by. The top-men
-climbed the yards, disentangled the rigging, and tightened the shrouds
-on the thick ropes fastened to the barricades. About eleven o’clock the
-carpenters and painters put the finishing touches to their work, and
-then embarked on board the tender which awaited them. As soon as there
-was a sufficient pressure, the steam rushed into the cylinders of the
-rudder engine, and the engineers had the pleasure of seeing that this
-ingenious contrivance was an entire success.
-
-The weather was fine, with bright gleams of sunshine darting through the
-rapidly-moving clouds. There must have been a strong breeze at sea, but
-we did not feel it.
-
-The officers were all dispersed about the deck, making preparations for
-getting under sail. The ship’s officers were composed of the Captain,
-the first officer, two assistant officers, five lieutenants, of whom one
-was a Frenchman, M. H——, and a volunteer who was also French.
-
-Captain Anderson holds a high place in the commercial marine of England.
-It is to him we are indebted for the laying of the Transatlantic cable,
-though it is true that if he succeeded where his predecessors had
-failed, it was because he worked under more favourable circumstances,
-having the “Great Eastern” at his command. Be it as it may, his success
-gained for him the title of “Sir.” I found him to be a very agreeable
-commander. He was a man of about fifty years of age, with that tawny
-complexion which remains unchanged by weather or age; a thorough
-Englishman, with a tall figure, a broad smiling face, and merry eyes;
-walking with a quiet dignified step, his hands never in his pockets,
-always irreproachably gloved and elegantly dressed, and invariably with
-a little piece of his white handkerchief peeping out of the pocket of
-his blue and gold-laced overcoat.
-
-The first officer presented a singular contrast to Captain Anderson, and
-his appearance is easily described:—an active little man, with a very
-sunburnt skin, a black beard almost covering his face, and legs which
-defied every lurch of the vessel. A skilful, energetic seaman, he gave
-his orders in a clear, decided tone, the boatswain repeating them with a
-voice like the roaring of a hoarse lion. The second officer’s name was
-W——: I think he was a naval officer, on board the “Great Eastern” by
-special permission; he had all the appearance of a regular “Jack-tar.”
-
-Besides the ship officers, the engines were under the command of a chief
-engineer, assisted by eight or ten engineering officers, and a battalion
-of two hundred and fifty men, some stokers, others oilers, who hardly
-ever left the engine-rooms.
-
-This army of men was well occupied night and day, having ten boilers
-with ten furnaces and about a hundred fires to attend to.
-
-As for the crew of the steam-ship proper, what with quartermasters,
-top-men, steersmen, and cabin-boys, it comprised about one hundred men,
-and besides these, there were two hundred stewards employed for serving
-the passengers.
-
-Every man was at his post; the pilot who was to conduct the vessel out
-of the Mersey had been on board since the evening before. I saw also a
-French pilot, who was to make the passage with us, and on her return to
-take the steam-ship into anchorage at Brest.
-
-“I begin to think we shall sail to-day,” said I to Lieutenant H—.
-
-“We are only waiting for our passengers,” replied my countryman.
-
-“Are there many?”
-
-“Twelve or thirteen hundred.”
-
-At half-past eleven the tender was hailed, laden with passengers, who,
-as I afterwards learnt, were Californians, Canadians, Americans,
-Peruvians, English, Germans, and two or three Frenchmen. Among the most
-distinguished were the celebrated Cyrus Field of New York, the
-Honourable John Rose of Canada, the Honourable J. Mac Alpine of New
-York, Mr. and Mrs. Alfred Cohen of San Francisco, Mr. and Mrs. Whitney
-of Montreal, Captain Mc Ph—— and his wife. Among the French was the
-founder of the “Great Eastern Freight Company,” M. Jules D——,
-representative of the “Telegraph Construction and Maintenance Company,”
-who had made a contribution of twenty thousand pounds to the fund.
-
-The tender ranged herself at the foot of a flight of steps, and then
-began the slow, interminable ascent of passengers and luggage.
-
-The first care of each passenger, when he had once set foot on the
-steamer, was to go and secure his place in the dining-room; his card, or
-his name written on a scrap of paper, was enough to insure his
-possession.
-
-[Illustration: THEN BEGAN THE SLOW INTERMINABLE ASCENT.]
-
-I remained on deck in order to notice all the details of embarkation. At
-half-past twelve the luggage was all on board, and I saw thousands of
-packages of every description, from chests large enough to contain a
-suite of furniture, to elegant little travelling-cases and fanciful
-American and English trunks, heaped together pell-mell. All these were
-soon cleared from the deck, and stowed away in the store-rooms; workmen
-and porters returned to the tender, which steered off, after having
-blackened the side of the “Great Eastern” with her smoke.
-
-I was going back towards the bows, when suddenly I found myself face to
-face with the young man I had seen on Prince’s Landing-Stage. He stopped
-on seeing me, and held out his hand, which I warmly shook.
-
-“You, Fabian!” I cried. “You here?”
-
-“Even so, my dear friend.”
-
-“I was not mistaken, then; it was really you I saw on the quay a day or
-two since.”
-
-“It is most likely,” replied Fabian, “but I did not see you.”
-
-“And you are going to America?”
-
-“Certainly! Do you think I could spend a month’s leave better than in
-travelling?”
-
-“How fortunate that you thought of making your tour in the ‘Great
-Eastern’!”
-
-“It was not chance at all, my dear fellow. I read in the newspaper that
-you were one of the passengers; and as we have not met for some years
-now, I came on board, in order to make the passage with you.”
-
-“Have you come from India?”
-
-“Yes, by the ‘Godavery,’ which arrived at Liverpool the day before
-yesterday.”
-
-“And you are travelling, Fabian?” I asked, noticing his pale, sad face.
-
-“To divert my mind, if I can,” interrupted Captain Mac Elwin, warmly
-pressing my hand.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV.
-
-
-Fabian left me, to look for his cabin, which, according to the ticket he
-held in his hand, was number seventy-three of the grand saloon series.
-At this moment large volumes of smoke curled from the chimneys; the
-steam hissed with a deafening noise through the escape-pipes, and fell
-in a fine rain over the deck; a noisy eddying of water announced that
-the engines were at work. We were at last going to start.
-
-First of all the anchor had to be raised. The “Great Eastern” swung
-round with the tide; all was now clear, and Captain Anderson was obliged
-to choose this moment to set sail, for the width of the “Great Eastern”
-did not allow of her turning round in the Mersey. He was more master of
-his ship and more certain of guiding her skilfully in the midst of the
-numerous boats always plying on the river when stemming the rapid
-current than when driven by the ebb-tide; the least collision with this
-gigantic body would have proved disastrous.
-
-To weigh anchor under these circumstances required considerable
-exertion, for the pressure of the tide stretched the chains by which the
-ship was moored, and besides this, a strong south-wester blew with full
-force on her hull, so that it required powerful engines to hoist the
-heavy anchors from their muddy beds. An anchor-boat, intended for this
-purpose, had just stoppered on the chains, but the windlasses were not
-sufficiently powerful, and they were obliged to use the steam apparatus
-which the “Great Eastern” had at her disposal.
-
-At the bows was an engine of sixty-six horse-power. In order to raise
-the anchors it was only necessary to send the steam from the boilers
-into its cylinders to obtain immediately a considerable power, which
-could be directly applied to the windlass on which the chains were
-fastened. This was done; but powerful as it was, this engine was found
-insufficient, and fifty of the crew were set to turn the capstan with
-bars, thus the anchors were gradually drawn in, but it was slow work.
-
-I was on the poop at the bows with several other passengers at this
-moment, watching the details of departure. Near me stood a traveller,
-who frequently shrugged his shoulders impatiently, and did not spare
-disparaging jokes on the tardiness of the work. He was a thin, nervous
-little man, with quick, restless eyes: a physiognomist could easily see
-that the things of this life always appeared on their funny side to this
-philosopher of Democrates school, for his risible muscles were never
-still for a moment; but without describing him further, I need only say
-I found him a very pleasant fellow-traveller.
-
-“I thought until now, sir,” said he to me, “that engines were made to
-help men, not men to help engines.”
-
-I was going to reply to this wise observation, when there was a loud
-cry, and immediately my companion and I were hurled towards the bows;
-every man at the capstan-bars was knocked down; some got up again,
-others lay scattered on the deck. A catch had broken, and the capstan
-being forced round by the frightful pressure of the chains, the men,
-caught by the rebound, were struck violently on the head and chest.
-Freed from their broken rope-bands, the capstan-bars flew in all
-directions like grape-shot, killing four sailors, and wounding twelve
-others; among the latter was the boatswain, a Scotchman from Dundee.
-
-The spectators hurried towards the unfortunate men, the wounded were
-taken to the hospital at the stern; as for the four already dead,
-preparations were immediately made to send them on shore: so lightly do
-Anglo-Saxons regard death, that this event made very little impression
-on board. These unhappy men, killed and wounded, were only tools, which
-could be replaced at very little expense. The tender, already some
-distance off, was hailed, and in a few minutes she was alongside.
-
-[Illustration: EVERY MAN AT THE CAPSTAN-BARS WAS KNOCKED DOWN.]
-
-I went towards the fore-part of the vessel, the staircase had not yet
-been raised. The four corpses, enveloped in coverings, were let down,
-and placed on the deck of the tender. One of the surgeons on board
-embarked to go with them to Liverpool, with injunctions to rejoin the
-“Great Eastern” as quickly as possible. The tender immediately sheered
-off, and the sailors went to the bows, to wash the stains of blood from
-the deck.
-
-I ought to add that one of the passengers, slightly wounded by the
-breaking of the pinion, took advantage of this circumstance to leave by
-the tender; he had already had enough of the “Great Eastern.”
-
-I watched the little boat going off full steam, and, turning round, I
-heard my ironical fellow-traveller mutter,—
-
-“A good beginning for a voyage!”
-
-“A very bad one, sir,” said I. “To whom have I the honour of speaking?”
-
-“To Dr. Dean Pitferge.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V.
-
-
-The work of weighing anchors was resumed; with the help of the
-anchor-boat the chains were eased, and the anchors at last left their
-tenacious depths. A quarter past one sounded from the Birkenhead
-clock-towers, the moment of departure could not be deferred, if it was
-intended to make use of the tide. The captain and pilot went on the
-foot-bridge; one lieutenant placed himself near the screw-signal
-apparatus, another near that of the paddle-wheel, in case of the failure
-of the steam-engine; four other steersmen watched at the stern, ready to
-put in action the great wheels placed on the gratings of the hatchings.
-The “Great Eastern,” making head against the current, was now only
-waiting to descend the river with the ebb-tide.
-
-The order for departure was given, the paddles slowly struck the water,
-the screw bubbled at the stern, and the enormous vessel began to move.
-
-The greater part of the passengers on the poop were gazing at the double
-landscape of Liverpool and Birkenhead, studded with manufactory
-chimneys. The Mersey, covered with ships, some lying at anchor, others
-ascending and descending the river, offered only a winding passage for
-our steam-ship. But under the hand of a pilot, sensible to the least
-inclinations of her rudder, she glided through the narrow passages, like
-a whale-boat beneath the oar of a vigorous steersman. At one time I
-thought that we were going to run foul of a brig, which was drifting
-across the stream, her bows nearly grazing the hull of the “Great
-Eastern,” but a collision was avoided, and when from the height of the
-upper deck I looked at this ship, which was not of less than seven or
-eight hundred tons burden, she seemed to me no larger than the tiny
-boats which children play with on the lakes of Regent’s Park or the
-Serpentine. It was not long before the “Great Eastern” was opposite the
-Liverpool landing-stages, but the four cannons which were to have
-saluted the town, were silent out of respect to the dead, for the tender
-was disembarking them at this moment; however, loud hurrahs replaced the
-reports which are the last expressions of national politeness.
-Immediately there was a vigorous clapping of hands and waving of
-handkerchiefs, with all the enthusiasm with which the English hail the
-departure of every vessel, be it only a simple yacht sailing round a
-bay. But with what shouts they were answered! what echoes they called
-forth from the quays! There were thousands of spectators on both the
-Liverpool and Birkenhead sides, and boats laden with sight-seers swarmed
-on the Mersey. The sailors manning the yards of the “Lord Clyde,” lying
-at anchor opposite the docks, saluted the giant with their hearty
-cheers.
-
-But even the noise of the cheering could not drown the frightful discord
-of several bands playing at the same time. Flags were incessantly
-hoisted in honour of the “Great Eastern,” but soon the cries grew faint
-in the distance. Our steam-ship ranged near the “Tripoli,” a Cunard
-emigrant-boat, which in spite of her 2000 tons burden looked like a mere
-barge; then the houses grew fewer and more scattered on both shores, the
-landscape was no longer blackened with smoke; and brick walls, with the
-exception of some long regular buildings intended for workmen’s houses,
-gave way to the open country, with pretty villas dotted here and there.
-Our last salutation reached us from the platform of the lighthouse and
-the walls of the bastion.
-
-At three o’clock the “Great Eastern” had crossed the bar of the Mersey,
-and shaped her course down St. George’s Channel. There was a strong
-sou’wester blowing, and a heavy swell on the sea, but the steam-ship did
-not feel it.
-
-Towards four o’clock the Captain gave orders to heave to; the tender put
-on full steam to rejoin us, as she was bringing back the doctor. When
-the boat came alongside a rope-ladder was thrown out, by which he
-ascended, not without some difficulty. Our more agile pilot slid down by
-the same way into his boat, which was awaiting him, each rower provided
-with a cork jacket. Some minutes after he went on board a charming
-little schooner waiting to catch the breeze.
-
-Our course was immediately continued; under the pressure of the paddles
-and the screw, the speed of the “Great Eastern” greatly increased; in
-spite of the wind ahead, she neither rolled nor pitched. Soon the shades
-of night stretched across the sea, and Holyhead Point was lost in the
-darkness.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI.
-
-
-The next day, the 27th of March, the “Great Eastern” coasted along the
-deeply-indented Irish shore. I had chosen my cabin at the bows; it was a
-small room well lighted by two skylights. A second row of cabins
-separated it from the first saloon, so that neither the noise of
-conversation, nor the rattling of pianos, which were not wanting on
-board, could reach me. It was an isolated cabin; the furniture consisted
-of a sofa, a bedstead, and a toilet-table.
-
-The next morning at seven o’clock, having crossed the first two rooms, I
-went on deck. A few passengers were already pacing the upper decks; an
-almost imperceptible swell balanced the steamer; the wind, however, was
-high, but the sea, protected by the coast, was comparatively calm.
-
-From the poop of the smoking-room, I perceived that long line of shore,
-the continual verdure of which has won for it the name of “Emerald
-Coast.” A few solitary houses, a string of tide-waiters, a wreath of
-white smoke curling from between two hills, indicating the passing of a
-train, an isolated signal-post making grimacing gestures to the vessels
-at large, here and there animated the scene.
-
-The sea between us and the coast was of a dull green shade; there was a
-fresh breeze blowing, mists floated above the water like spray. Numerous
-vessels, brigs and schooners, were awaiting the tide; steamers puffing
-away their black smoke were soon distanced by the “Great Eastern,”
-although she was going at a very moderate speed.
-
-Soon we came in sight of Queenstown, a small “calling-place,” before
-which several fishermen’s boats were at work. It is here that all ships
-bound for Liverpool, whether steamers or sailing-ships, throw out their
-despatch-bags, which are carried to Dublin in a few hours by an express
-train always in readiness. From Dublin they are conveyed across the
-channel to Holyhead by a fast steamer, so that despatches thus sent are
-one day in advance of the most rapid Transatlantic steamers.
-
-[Illustration: SOON WE CAME IN SIGHT OF QUEENSTOWN.]
-
-About nine o’clock the bearings of the “Great Eastern” were
-west-north-west. I was just going on deck, when I met Captain Mac Elwin,
-accompanied by a friend, a tall, robust man, with a light beard and long
-moustache which mingled with the whiskers and left the chin bare, after
-the fashion of the day. This tall fellow was the exact type of an
-English officer; his figure was erect without stiffness, his look calm,
-his walk dignified but easy; his whole appearance seemed to indicate
-unusual courage, and I was not mistaken in him.
-
-“My friend, Archibald Corsican,” said Fabian to me, “a captain in the
-22nd regiment of the Indian army, like myself.”
-
-Thus introduced, Captain Corsican and I bowed.
-
-[Illustration: CAPTAIN CORSICAN AND I BOWED.]
-
-“We hardly saw each other yesterday, Fabian,” said I, shaking Captain
-Mac Elwin’s hand, “we were in the bustle of departure, so that all I
-know about you is that it was not chance which brought you on board the
-‘Great Eastern.’ I must confess that if I have anything to do with your
-decision—”
-
-“Undoubtedly, my dear fellow,” interrupted Fabian; “Captain Corsican and
-I came to Liverpool with the intention of taking our berths on board the
-‘China,’ a Cunard steamer, when we heard that the ‘Great Eastern’ was
-going to attempt another passage from England to America; it was a
-chance we might not get again, and learning that you were on board I did
-not hesitate, as I had not seen you since we took that delightful trip
-in the Scandinavian States three years ago; so now you know how it was
-that the tender brought us here yesterday.”
-
-“My dear Fabian,” I replied, “I believe that neither Captain Corsican
-nor yourself will regret your decision, as a passage across the Atlantic
-in this huge boat cannot fail to be interesting even to you who are so
-little used to the sea. But now let us talk about yourself. Your last
-letter, and it is not more than six weeks since I received it, bore the
-Bombay post-mark, so that I was justified in believing you were still
-with your regiment.”
-
-“We were so three weeks ago,” said Fabian, “leading the half-military,
-half-country life of Indian officers, employing most of our time in
-hunting; my friend here is a famed tiger-killer; however, as we are both
-single and without family ties, we thought we would let the poor wild
-beasts of the peninsula rest for a time, while we came to Europe to
-breathe a little of our native air. We obtained a year’s leave, and
-travelling by way of the Red Sea, Suez, and France, we reached Old
-England with the utmost possible speed.”
-
-“Old England,” said Captain Corsican, smiling; “we are there no longer,
-Fabian; we are on board an English ship, but it is freighted by a French
-company, and it is taking us to America; three different flags float
-over our heads, signifying that we are treading on Franco-Anglo-American
-boards.”
-
-“What does it matter,” replied Fabian, and a painful expression passed
-over his face; “what does it matter, so long as it whiles away the time?
-‘Movement is life;’ and it is well to be able to forget the past, and
-kill the present by continual change. In a few days I shall be at New
-York, where I hope to meet again my sister and her children, whom I have
-not seen for several years; then we shall visit the great lakes, and
-descend the Mississippi as far as New Orleans, where we shall look for
-sport on the Amazon. From America we are going to Africa, where the
-lions and elephants will make the Cape their ‘rendezvous,’ in order to
-celebrate the arrival of Captain Corsican. Finally, we shall return and
-impose on the Sepoys the caprices of the metropolis.”
-
-Fabian spoke with a nervous volubility, and his breast heaved; evidently
-there was some great grief weighing on his mind, the cause of which I
-was as yet ignorant of, but with which Archibald seemed to be well
-acquainted. He evinced a warm friendship for Fabian, who was several
-years younger than himself, treating him like a younger brother, with a
-devotion which at times almost amounted to heroism.
-
-At this moment our conversation was interrupted by the sound of a horn,
-which announced the half-past twelve lunch. Four times a day, to the
-great satisfaction of the passengers, this shrill horn sounded: at
-half-past eight for breakfast, half-past twelve for lunch, four o’clock
-for dinner, and at seven for tea. In a few minutes the long streets were
-deserted, and soon the tables in the immense saloons were filled with
-guests. I succeeded in getting a place near Fabian and Captain Corsican.
-
-The dining-rooms were provided with four long rows of tables; the
-glasses and bottles placed in swing-racks kept perfectly steady; the
-roll of the steamer was almost imperceptible, so that the guests—men,
-women, and children—could eat their lunch without any fear. Numerous
-waiters were busy carrying round the tastily-arranged dishes, and
-supplying the demands for wine and beer; the Californians certainly
-distinguished themselves by their proclivities for champagne. Near her
-husband sat an old laundress, who had found gold in the San Francisco
-washing-tubs, emptying a bottle of champagne in no time; two or three
-pale, delicate-looking young ladies were eagerly devouring slices of red
-beef; and others discussing with evident satisfaction the merits of
-rhubarb tart, &c. Every one worked away in the highest spirits; one
-could have fancied oneself at a restaurant in the middle of Paris
-instead of the open sea.
-
-Lunch over, the decks were again filled; people bowed and spoke to each
-other in passing as formally as if they were walking in Hyde Park;
-children played and ran about, throwing their balls and bowling hoops as
-they might have done on the gravel walks of the Tuileries; the greater
-part of the men walked up and down smoking; the ladies, seated on
-folding-chairs, worked, read, or talked together, whilst the governesses
-and nurses looked after the children. A few corpulent Americans swung
-themselves backwards and forwards in their rocking-chairs; the ship’s
-officers were continually passing to and fro, some going to their watch
-on the bridge, others answering the absurd questions put to them by some
-of the passengers; whilst the tones of an organ and two or three pianos
-making a distracting discord, reached us through the lulls in the wind.
-
-About three o’clock a loud shouting was heard; the passengers crowded on
-to the poop; the “Great Eastern” had ranged within two cable-lengths of
-a vessel which she had overhauled. It was the “Propontis,” on her way to
-New York, which was saluting the giant of the seas on her passage, which
-compliment the giant returned.
-
-Land was still in sight at four o’clock, but hardly discernible through
-the mist which had suddenly surrounded us. Soon we saw the light of
-Fastenet Beacon, situated on an isolated rock. Night set in, during
-which we must have doubled Cape Clear, the most southerly point of
-Ireland.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII.
-
-
-I said that the length of the “Great Eastern” exceeded two hectometres.
-For the benefit of those partial to comparisons, I will add that it is a
-third longer than the “Pont des Arts;” in reality this steam-ship
-measures 673 feet at the load water-line, between the perpendiculars;
-the upper deck is 680 feet from stem to stern; that is to say, its
-length is double that of the largest transatlantic steamers; its width
-amidships is about 71 feet, and behind the paddles about 107 feet.
-
-The hull of the “Great Eastern” is proof against the most formidable
-seas; it is double, and is composed of a number of cells placed between
-the deck and hold; besides these, thirteen compartments, separated by
-water-tight partitions, increase the security against fire or the inlet
-of water. Ten thousand tons of iron were used in the construction of
-this hull, and 3,000,000 rivets secured the iron plates on her sides.
-
-The “Great Eastern” draws 30 feet of water with a cargo of 28,500 tons,
-and with a light cargo, from 20 to 30 feet. She is capable of receiving
-10,000 passengers, so that out of the 373 principal districts in France,
-274 are less populated than this floating sub-prefecture with its
-average number of passengers.
-
-The lines of the “Great Eastern” are very elongated; her straight stem
-is pierced with hawse-holes, through which the anchor-chains pass; no
-signs of dents or protuberances are to be seen on her finely-cut bows,
-but the slight sweep of her rounded stern somewhat mars the general
-effect.
-
-From the deck rise six masts and five chimneys. The three masts in front
-are the “fore-gigger” and the “fore-mast” (both of them mizen-masts) and
-the “main-mast.” The last three astern are the “after-main-mast,”
-“mizen-mast,” and “after-gigger.” The fore-masts and the main-masts
-carry the schooner-sails, the top-sails, and the gallant-sails; the four
-other masts are only rigged with ordinary sails; the whole forming 5400
-square yards of good canvas. On the spacious mastheads of the second and
-third masts a band of soldiers could easily manœuvre. Of these six
-masts, supported by shrouds and metallic back-stays, the second, third,
-and fourth are made of sheet-iron, and are really masterpieces of
-ironwork. At the base they measure 43 inches in diameter, and the
-largest (the main-mast) rises to the height of 207 French feet, which is
-higher than the towers of Notre Dame.
-
-As to the chimneys, the two belonging to the paddle-engine and the three
-belonging to the screw, they are enormous cylinders, 90 feet high,
-supported by chains fastened to the upper deck.
-
-The arrangements with regard to the interior are admirable. The
-laundries and the crew’s berths are shut off at the fore-part, then come
-the ladies’ saloon and a grand saloon ornamented with lustres, swinging
-lamps, and pictures. These magnificent rooms are lighted by side
-skylights, supported on elegant-gilded pillars, and communicate with the
-upper deck by wide staircases with metallic steps and mahogany
-balusters.
-
-On deck are arranged four rows of cabins separated by a passage, some
-are reached by a landing, others on a lower story by private staircases.
-At the stern the three immense dining-rooms run in the same direction as
-the cabins, a passage leads from the saloons at the stern to those at
-the bows round the paddle-engine, between its sheet-iron partitions and
-the ship’s offices.
-
-The engines of the “Great Eastern” are justly considered as
-masterpieces—I was going to say of clock-work, for there is nothing more
-astonishing than to see this enormous machine working with the precision
-and ease of a clock, a singular contrast to the screw, which works
-rapidly and furiously, as though getting itself into a rage.
-
-Independently of these two engines, the “Great Eastern” possesses six
-auxiliary ones to work the capstans, so that it is evident steam plays
-an important part on board.
-
-Such is this steam-ship, without equal and known everywhere; which,
-however, did not hinder a French captain from making this _naïve_ remark
-in his log-book: “Passed a ship with six masts and five chimneys,
-supposed to be the ‘Great Eastern.’”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII.
-
-
-On Wednesday night the weather was very bad, my balance was strangely
-variable, and I was obliged to lean with my knees and elbows against the
-sideboard, to prevent myself from falling. Portmanteaus and bags came in
-and out of my cabin; an unusual hubbub reigned in the adjoining saloon,
-in which two or three hundred packages were making expeditions from one
-end to the other, knocking the tables and chairs with loud crashes;
-doors slammed, the boards creaked, the partitions made that groaning
-noise peculiar to pine wood; bottles and glasses jingled together in
-their racks, and a cataract of plates and dishes rolled about on the
-pantry floors. I heard the irregular roaring of the screw, and the
-wheels beating the water, sometimes entirely immersed, and at others
-striking the empty air; by all these signs I concluded that the wind had
-freshened, and the steam-ship was no longer indifferent to the billows.
-
-At six o’clock next morning, after passing a sleepless night, I got up
-and dressed myself, as well as I could with one hand, while with the
-other I clutched at the sides of my cabin, for without support it was
-impossible to keep one’s feet, and I had quite a serious struggle to get
-on my overcoat. I left my cabin, and helping myself with hands and feet
-through the billows of luggage, I crossed the saloon, scrambling up the
-stairs on my knees, like a Roman peasant devoutly climbing the steps of
-the “Scala santa” of Pontius Pilate; and at last, reaching the deck, I
-hung on firmly to the nearest kevel.
-
-No land in sight; we had doubled Cape Clear in the night, and around us
-was that vast circumference bounded by the line, where water and sky
-appear to meet. The slate-coloured sea broke in great foamless billows.
-The “Great Eastern” struck amidships, and, supported by no sail, rolled
-frightfully, her bare masts describing immense circles in the air. There
-was no heaving to speak of, but the rolling was dreadful, it was
-impossible to stand upright. The officer on watch, clinging to the
-bridge, looked as if he was in a swing.
-
-From kevel to kevel, I managed to reach the paddles on the starboard
-side, the deck was damp and slippery from the spray and mist: I was just
-going to fasten myself to a stanchion of the bridge when a body rolled
-at my feet.
-
-[Illustration: WHEN A BODY ROLLED AT MY FEET.]
-
-It was Dr. Pitferge, my quaint friend: he scrambled on to his knees, and
-looking at me, said,—
-
-“That’s all right, the amplitude of the arc, described by the sides of
-the ‘Great Eastern,’ is forty degrees; that is, twenty degrees below the
-horizontal, and twenty above it.”
-
-“Indeed!” cried I, laughing, not at the observation, but at the
-circumstances under which it was made.
-
-“Yes!” replied the Doctor. “During the oscillation the speed of the
-sides is fifty-nine inches per second, a transatlantic boat half the
-size takes but the same time to recover her equilibrium.”
-
-“Then,” replied I, “since that is the case, there is an excess of
-stability in the ‘Great Eastern.’”
-
-“For her, yes, but not for her passengers,” answered Dean Pitferge
-gaily, “for you see they come back to the horizontal quicker than they
-care for.”
-
-The Doctor, delighted with his repartee, raised himself, and holding
-each other up, we managed to reach a seat on the poop. Dean Pitferge had
-come off very well, with only a few bruises, and I congratulated him on
-his lucky escape, as he might have broken his neck.
-
-“Oh, it is not over yet,” said he; “there is more trouble coming.”
-
-“To us?”
-
-“To the steamer, and consequently to me, to us, and to all the
-passengers.”
-
-“If you are speaking seriously, why did you come on board?”
-
-“To see what is going to happen, for I should not be at all ill-pleased
-to witness a shipwreck!” replied the Doctor, looking at me knowingly.
-
-“Is this the first time you have been on board the ‘Great Eastern’?”
-
-“No, I have already made several voyages in her, to satisfy my
-curiosity.”
-
-“You must not complain, then.”
-
-“I do not complain; I merely state facts, and patiently await the hour
-of the catastrophe.”
-
-Was the Doctor making fun of me? I did not know what to think, his small
-twinkling eyes looked very roguish; but I thought I would try him
-further.
-
-“Doctor,” I said, “I do not know on what facts your painful prognostics
-are founded, but allow me to remind you that the ‘Great Eastern’ has
-crossed the Atlantic twenty times, and most of her passages have been
-satisfactory.”
-
-“That’s of no consequence; this ship is bewitched, to use a common
-expression, she cannot escape her fate; I know it, and therefore have no
-confidence in her. Remember what difficulties the engineers had to
-launch her; I believe even that Brunel, who built her, died from the
-‘effects of the operation,’ as we doctors say.”
-
-“Ah, Doctor,” said I, “are you inclined to be a materialist?”
-
-“Why ask me that question?”
-
-“Because I have noticed that many who do not believe in God believe in
-everything else, even in the evil eye.”
-
-“Make fun if you like, sir,” replied the Doctor, “but allow me to
-continue my argument. The ‘Great Eastern’ has already ruined several
-companies. Built for the purpose of carrying emigrants to Australia, she
-has never once been there; intended to surpass the ocean steamers in
-speed, she even remains inferior to them.”
-
-“From this,” said I, “it is to be concluded that—”
-
-“Listen a minute,” interrupted the Doctor. “Already one of her captains
-has been drowned, and he one of the most skilful, for he knew how to
-prevent this rolling by keeping the ship a little ahead of the waves.”
-
-“Ah, well!” said I, “the death of that able man is to be regretted.”
-
-“Then,” continued Dean Pitferge, without noticing my incredulity,
-“strange stories are told about this ship; they say that a passenger who
-lost his way in the hold of the ship, like a pioneer in the forests of
-America, has never yet been found.”
-
-“Ah!” exclaimed I ironically, “there’s a fact!”
-
-“They say, also, that during the construction of the boilers an engineer
-was melted by mistake in the steam-box.”
-
-“Bravo!” cried I; “the melted engineer! ‘È ben trovato.’ Do you believe
-it, Doctor?”
-
-“I believe,” replied Pitferge, “I believe quite seriously that our
-voyage began badly, and that it will end in the same manner.”
-
-“But the ‘Great Eastern’ is a solid structure,” I said, “and built so
-firmly that she is able to resist the most furious seas like a solid
-block.”
-
-“Solid she is, undoubtedly,” resumed the doctor; “but let her fall into
-the hollow of the waves, and see if she will rise again. Maybe she is a
-giant, but a giant whose strength is not in proportion to her size; her
-engines are too feeble for her. Have you ever heard speak of her
-nineteenth passage from Liverpool to New York?”
-
-“No, Doctor.”
-
-“Well, I was on board. We left Liverpool on a Tuesday, the 10th of
-December; there were numerous passengers, and all full of confidence.
-Everything went well so long as we were protected by the Irish coast
-from the billows of the open sea; no rolling, no sea-sickness; the next
-day, even, the same stability; the passengers were delighted. On the
-12th, however, the wind freshened towards morning; the ‘Great Eastern,’
-heading the waves, rolled considerably; the passengers, men and women,
-disappeared into the cabins. At four o’clock the wind blew a hurricane;
-the furniture began to dance; a mirror in the saloon was broken by a
-blow from the head of your humble servant; all the crockery was smashed
-to atoms; there was a frightful uproar; eight shore-boats were torn from
-the davits in one swoop. At this moment our situation was serious; the
-paddle-wheel-engine had to be stopped; an enormous piece of lead,
-displaced by a lurch of the vessel, threatened to fall into its
-machinery; however, the screw continued to send us on. Soon the wheels
-began turning again, but very slowly; one of them had been damaged
-during the stoppage, and its spokes and paddles scraped the hull of the
-ship. The engine had to be stopped again, and we had to content
-ourselves with the screw. The night was fearful; the fury of the tempest
-was redoubled; the ‘Great Eastern’ had fallen into the trough of the sea
-and could not right herself; at break of day there was not a piece of
-ironwork remaining on the wheels. They hoisted a few sails in order to
-right the ship, but no sooner were they hoisted than they were carried
-away; confusion reigned everywhere; the cable-chains, torn from their
-beds, rolled from one side of the ship to the other; a cattle-pen was
-knocked in, and a cow fell into the ladies’ saloon through the hatchway;
-another misfortune was the breaking of the rudder-chock, so that
-steering was no longer possible. Frightful crashes were heard; an oil
-tank, weighing over three tons, had broken from its fixings, and,
-rolling across the tween-decks, struck the sides alternately like a
-battering-ram. Saturday passed in the midst of a general terror, the
-ship in the trough of the sea all the time. Not until Sunday did the
-wind begin to abate, an American engineer on board then succeeded in
-fastening the chains on the rudder; we turned little by little, and the
-‘Great Eastern’ righted herself. A week after we left Liverpool we
-reached Queenstown. Now, who knows, sir, where we shall be in a week?”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX.
-
-
-It must be confessed the Doctor’s words were not very comforting, the
-passengers would not have heard them without shuddering. Was he joking,
-or did he speak seriously? Was it, indeed true, that he went with the
-“Great Eastern” in all her voyages, to be present at some catastrophe?
-Every thing is possible for an eccentric, especially when he is English.
-
-However, the “Great Eastern” continued her course, tossing like a canoe,
-and keeping strictly to the loxodromic line of steamers. It is well
-known, that on a flat surface, the nearest way from one point to another
-is by a straight line. On a sphere it is the curved line formed by the
-circumference of great circles. Ships have an interest in following this
-route, in order to make the shortest passage, but sailing vessels cannot
-pursue this track against a head-wind, so that steamers alone are able
-to maintain a direct course, and take the route of the great circles.
-This is what the “Great Eastern” did, making a little for the
-north-west.
-
-The rolling never ceased, that horrible sea-sickness, at the same time
-contagious and epidemic, made rapid progress. Several of the passengers,
-with wan, pallid faces, and sunken cheeks, remained on deck, in order to
-breathe the fresh air, the greater part of them were furious at the
-unlucky steam-ship, which was conducting herself like a mere buoy, and
-at the freighter’s advertisements, which had stated that sea-sickness
-was “unknown on board.”
-
-At nine o’clock in the morning an object three or four miles off was
-signalled from the larboard quarter. Was it a waif, the carcass of a
-whale, or the hull of a ship? As yet it was not distinguishable. A group
-of convalescent passengers stood on the upper deck, at the bows, looking
-at this waif which was floating three hundred miles from the nearest
-land.
-
-Meanwhile the “Great Eastern” was bearing towards the object signalled;
-all opera-glasses were promptly raised, and there was no lack of
-conjecture. Between the Americans, and English, to whom every pretext
-for a wager is welcome, betting at once commenced. Among the most
-desperate of the betters I noticed a tall man, whose countenance struck
-me as one of profound duplicity. His features were stamped with a look
-of general hatred, which neither a physiognomist, nor physiologist could
-mistake; his forehead was seamed with a deep furrow, his manner was at
-the same time audacious and listless, his eyebrows nearly meeting,
-partly concealed the stony eyes beneath, his shoulders were high and his
-chin thrust forward, in fact all the indications of insolence and
-knavery were united in his appearance. He spoke in loud pompous tones,
-while some of his worthy associates laughed at his coarse jokes. This
-personage pretended to recognize in the waif the carcass of a whale, and
-he backed his opinion by heavy stakes, which soon found ready
-acceptance.
-
-These wagers, amounting to several hundred dollars, he lost every one;
-in fact, the waif was the hull of a ship; the steamer rapidly drew near
-it, and we could already see the rusty copper of her keel. It was a
-three-mast ship of about five or six hundred tons, deprived of her masts
-and rigging, and lying on one side, with broken chains hanging from her
-davits.
-
-[Illustration: THE WAIF WAS THE HULL OF A SHIP.]
-
-“Had this steam-ship been abandoned by her crew?” This was now the
-prevailing question, however no one appeared on the deck, perhaps the
-shipwrecked ones had taken refuge inside. I saw an object moving for
-several moments at the bows, but it turned out to be only the remains of
-the jib lashed to and fro by the wind.
-
-The hull was quite visible at the distance of half a mile; she was a
-comparatively new ship, and in a perfect state of preservation; her
-cargo, which had been shifted by the wind, obliged her to lie along on
-her starboard side.
-
-The “Great Eastern” drew nearer, and, passing round, gave notice of her
-presence by several shrill whistles; but the waif remained silent, and
-unanimated; nothing was to be seen, not even a shore-boat from the
-wrecked vessel was visible on the wide expanse of water.
-
-The crew had undoubtedly had time to leave her, but could they have
-reached land, which was three hundred miles off? Could a frail boat live
-on a sea like that which had rocked the “Great Eastern” so frightfully?
-And when could this catastrophe have happened? It was evident that the
-shipwreck had taken place farther west, for the wind and waves must have
-driven the hull far out of her course. These questions were destined to
-remain unanswered.
-
-When the steam-ship came alongside the stern of the wreck, I could read
-distinctly the name “Lerida,” but the port she belonged to was not
-given.
-
-A merchant-vessel or a man-of-war would have had no hesitation in
-manning this hull which, undoubtedly, contained a valuable cargo, but as
-the “Great Eastern” was on regular service, she could not take this waif
-in tow for so many hundreds of miles; it was equally impossible to
-return and take it to the nearest port. Therefore, to the great regret
-of the sailors, it had to be abandoned, and it was soon a mere speck in
-the distance. The group of passengers dispersed, some to the saloons,
-others to their cabins, and even the lunch-bell failed to awaken the
-slumberers, worn out by sea-sickness. About noon Captain Anderson
-ordered sail to be hoisted, so that the ship, better supported, did not
-roll so much.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X.
-
-
-In spite of the ship’s disorderly conduct, life on board was becoming
-organized, for with the Anglo-Saxon nothing is more simple. The
-steam-boat is his street and his house for the time being; the
-Frenchman, on the contrary, always looks like a traveller.
-
-When the weather was favourable, the boulevards were thronged with
-promenaders, who managed to maintain the perpendicular, in spite of the
-ship’s motion, but with the peculiar gyrations of tipsy men. When the
-passengers did not go on deck, they remained either in their private
-sitting rooms or in the grand saloon, and then began the noisy discords
-of pianos, all played at the same time, which, however, seemed not to
-affect Saxon ears in the least. Among these amateurs, I noticed a tall,
-bony woman, who must have been a good musician, for, in order to
-facilitate reading her piece of music, she had marked all the notes with
-a number, and the piano-keys with a number corresponding, so that if it
-was note twenty-seven, she struck key twenty-seven, if fifty-three, key
-fifty-three, and so on, perfectly indifferent to the noise around her,
-or the sound of other pianos in the adjoining saloons, and her
-equanimity was not even disturbed when some disagreeable little children
-thumped with their fists on the unoccupied keys.
-
-Whilst this concert was going on, a bystander would carelessly take up
-one of the books scattered here and there on the tables, and, having
-found an interesting passage, would read it aloud, whilst his audience
-listened good-humouredly, and complimented him with a flattering murmur
-of applause. Newspapers were scattered on the sofas, generally American
-and English, which always look old, although the pages have never been
-cut; it is a very tiresome operation reading these great sheets, which
-take up so much room, but the fashion being to leave them uncut, so they
-remain. One day I had the patience to read the _New York Herald_ from
-beginning to end under these circumstances, and judge if I was rewarded
-for my trouble when I turned to the column headed “Private:” “M. X. begs
-the pretty Miss Z——, whom he met yesterday in Twenty-fifth Street
-omnibus, to come to him to-morrow, at his rooms, No. 17, St. Nicholas
-Hotel; he wishes to speak of marriage with her.” What did the pretty
-Miss Z— do? I don’t even care to know.
-
-I passed the whole of the afternoon in the grand saloon talking, and
-observing what was going on about me. Conversation could not fail to be
-interesting, for my friend Dean Pitferge was sitting near me.
-
-“Have you quite recovered from the effects of your tumble?” I asked him.
-
-“Perfectly,” replied he, “but it’s no go.”
-
-“What is no go? You?”
-
-“No, our steam-ship; the screw boilers are not working well; we cannot
-get enough pressure.”
-
-“You are anxious, then, to get to New York?”
-
-“Not in the least, I speak as an engineer, that is all. I am very
-comfortable here, and shall sincerely regret leaving this collection of
-originals which chance has thrown together ... for my recreation.”
-
-“Originals!” cried I, looking at the passengers who crowded the saloon;
-“but all those people are very much alike.”
-
-“Nonsense!” exclaimed the Doctor, “one can see you have hardly looked at
-them, the species is the same, I allow, but in that species what a
-variety there is! Just notice that group of men down there, with their
-easy-going air, their legs stretched on the sofas, and hats screwed down
-on their heads. They are Yankees, pure Yankees, from the small states of
-Maine, Vermont, and Connecticut, the produce of New England. Energetic
-and intelligent men, rather too much influenced by ‘the Reverends,’ and
-who have the disagreeable fault of never putting their hands before
-their mouths when they sneeze. Ah! my dear sir, they are true Saxons,
-always keenly alive to a bargain; put two Yankees in a room together,
-and in an hour they will each have gained ten dollars from the other.”
-
-“I will not ask how,” replied I, smiling at the Doctor, “but among them
-I see a little man with a consequential air, looking like a
-weather-cock, and dressed in a long overcoat, with rather short black
-trousers,—who is that gentleman?”
-
-“He is a Protestant minister, a man of ‘importance’ in Massachusetts,
-where he is going to join his wife, an ex-governess advantageously
-implicated in a celebrated lawsuit.”
-
-“And that tall, gloomy-looking fellow, who seems to be absorbed in
-calculation?”
-
-“That man calculates: in fact,” said the Doctor, “he is for ever
-calculating.”
-
-“Problems?”
-
-“No, his fortune, he is a man of ‘importance,’ at any moment he knows
-almost to a farthing what he is worth; he is rich, a fourth part of New
-York is built on his land; a quarter of an hour ago he possessed
-1,625,367 dollars and a half, but now he has only 1,625,367 dollars and
-a quarter.”
-
-“How came this difference in his fortune?”
-
-“Well! he has just smoked a quarter-dollar cigar.”
-
-Doctor Dean Pitferge amused me with his clever repartees, so I pointed
-out to him another group stowed away in a corner of the saloon.
-
-[Illustration: “THEY,” SAID HE, “ARE PEOPLE FROM THE FAR WEST.”]
-
-“They,” said he, “are people from the Far West, the tallest, who looks
-like a head clerk, is a man of ‘importance,’ the head of a Chicago bank,
-he always carries an album under his arm, with the principal views of
-his beloved city. He is, and has reason to be, proud of a city founded
-in a desert in 1836, which at the present day has a population of more
-than 400,000 souls. Near him you see a Californian couple, the young
-wife is delicate and charming, her well-polished husband was once a
-plough-boy, who one fine day turned up some nuggets. That gentleman—”
-
-“Is a man of ‘importance,’” said I.
-
-“Undoubtedly,” replied the Doctor, “for his assets count by the
-million.”
-
-“And pray who may this tall individual be, who moves his head backwards
-and forwards like the pendulum of a clock?”
-
-“That person,” replied the Doctor, “is the celebrated Cockburn of
-Rochester, the universal statistician, who has weighed, measured,
-proportioned, and calculated everything. Question this harmless maniac,
-he will tell you how much bread a man of fifty has eaten in his life,
-and how many cubic feet of air he has breathed. He will tell you how
-many volumes in quarto the words of a Temple lawyer would fill, and how
-many miles the postman goes daily carrying nothing but love-letters; he
-will tell you the number of widows who pass in one hour over London
-Bridge, and what would be the height of a pile of sandwiches consumed by
-the citizens of the Union in a year; he will tell you—”
-
-The Doctor, in his excitement, would have continued for a long time in
-this strain, but other passengers passing us were attracted by the
-inexhaustible stock of his original remarks. What different characters
-there were in this crowd of passengers! not one idler, however, for one
-does not go from one continent to the other without some serious motive.
-The most part of them were undoubtedly going to seek their fortunes on
-American ground, forgetting that at twenty years of age a Yankee has
-made his fortune, and that at twenty-five he is already too old to begin
-the struggle.
-
-Among these adventurers, inventors, and fortune-hunters, Dean Pitferge
-pointed out to me some singularly interesting characters. Here was a
-chemist, a rival of Dr. Liebig, who pretended to have discovered the art
-of condensing all the nutritious parts of a cow into a meat-tablet, no
-larger than a five-shilling piece. He was going to coin money out of the
-cattle of the Pampas. Another, the inventor of a portable motive-power—a
-steam horse in a watch-case—was going to exhibit his patent in New
-England. Another, a Frenchman from the “Rue Chapon,” was carrying to
-America 30,000 cardboard dolls, which said “papa” with a very successful
-Yankee accent, and he had no doubt but that his fortune was made.
-
-But besides these originals, there were still others whose secrets we
-could not guess; perhaps among them was some cashier flying from his
-empty cash-box, and a detective making friends with him, only waiting
-for the end of the passage to take him by the collar; perhaps also we
-might have found in this crowd clever genii, who always find people
-ready to believe in them, even when they advocate the affairs of “The
-Oceanic Company for lighting Polynesia with gas,” or “The Royal Society
-for making incombustible coal.”
-
-But at this moment my attention was attracted by the entrance of a young
-couple who seemed to be under the influence of a precocious weariness.
-
-“They are Peruvians, my dear sir,” said the Doctor, “a couple married a
-year ago, who have been to all parts of the world for their honeymoon.
-They adored each other in Japan, loved in Australia, bore with one
-another in India, bored each other in France, quarrelled in England, and
-will undoubtedly separate in America.”
-
-“And,” said I, “who is that tall, haughty-looking man just coming in?
-from his appearance I should take him for an officer.”
-
-“He is a Mormon,” replied the doctor, “an elder, Mr. Hatch, one of the
-great preachers in the city of Saints. What a fine type of manhood he
-is! Look at his proud eye, his noble countenance, and dignified bearing,
-so different from the Yankee. Mr. Hatch is returning from Germany and
-England, where he has preached Mormonism with great success, for there
-are numbers of this sect in Europe, who are allowed to conform to the
-laws of their country.”
-
-“Indeed!” said I; “I quite thought that polygamy was forbidden them in
-Europe.”
-
-“Undoubtedly, my dear sir, but do not think that polygamy is obligatory
-on Mormons; Brigham Young has his harem, because it suits him, but all
-his followers do not imitate him, not even those dwelling on the banks
-of the Salt Lake.”
-
-“Indeed! and Mr. Hatch?”
-
-“Mr. Hatch has only one wife, and he finds that quite enough; besides,
-he proposes to explain his system in a meeting that he will hold one of
-these evenings.”
-
-“The saloon will be filled.”
-
-“Yes,” said Pitferge, “if the gambling does not attract too many of the
-audience; you know that they play in a room at the bows? There is an
-Englishman there with an evil, disagreeable face, who seems to take the
-lead among them, he is a bad man, with a detestable reputation. Have you
-noticed him?”
-
-From the Doctor’s description, I had no doubt but that he was the same
-man who that morning had made himself conspicuous by his foolish wagers
-with regard to the waif. My opinion of him was not wrong. Dean Pitferge
-told me his name was Harry Drake, and that he was the son of a merchant
-at Calcutta, a gambler, a dissolute character, a duellist, and now that
-he was almost ruined, he was most likely going to America to try a life
-of adventures. “Such people,” added the Doctor, “always find followers
-willing to flatter them, and this fellow has already formed his circle
-of scamps, of which he is the centre. Among them I have noticed a little
-short man, with a round face, a turned-up nose, wearing gold spectacles,
-and having the appearance of a German Jew; he calls himself a doctor, on
-the way to Quebec; but I take him for a low actor and one of Drake’s
-admirers.”
-
-At this moment Dean Pitferge, who easily skipped from one subject to
-another, nudged my elbow. I turned my head towards the saloon door: a
-young man about twenty-eight, and a girl of seventeen, were coming in
-arm in arm.
-
-“A newly-married pair?” asked I.
-
-“No,” replied the Doctor, in a softened tone, “an engaged couple, who
-are only waiting for their arrival in New York to get married, they have
-just made the tour of Europe, of course with their family’s consent, and
-they know now that they are made for one another. Nice young people; it
-is a pleasure to look at them. I often see them leaning over the
-railings of the engine-rooms, counting the turns of the wheels, which do
-not go half fast enough for their liking. Ah! sir, if our boilers were
-heated like those two youthful hearts, see how our speed would
-increase!”
-
-[Illustration: I OFTEN SEE THEM LEANING OVER THE RAILINGS OF THE
-ENGINE-ROOM.]
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XI.
-
-
-This day, at half-past twelve, a steersman posted up on the grand saloon
-door the following observation:—
-
- Lat. 51° 15´ N.
- Long. 18° 13´ W.
- Dist.: Fastenet, 323 miles.
-
-This signified that at noon we were three hundred and twenty-three miles
-from the Fastenet lighthouse, the last which we had passed on the Irish
-coast, and at 51° 15´ north latitude, and 18° 13´ west longitude, from
-the meridian of Greenwich. It was the ship’s bearing, which the captain
-thus made known to the passengers every day. By consulting this bearing,
-and referring it to a chart, the course of the “Great Eastern” might be
-followed. Up to this time she had only made three hundred and twenty
-miles in thirty-six hours, it was not satisfactory, for a steamer at its
-ordinary speed does not go less than three hundred miles in twenty-four
-hours.
-
-After having left the Doctor, I spent the rest of the day with Fabian;
-we had gone to the stern, which Pitferge called “walking in the
-country.” There alone, and leaning over the taffrail, we surveyed the
-great expanse of water, while around us rose the briny vapours distilled
-from the spray; small rainbows, formed by the refraction of the sun’s
-rays, spanned the foaming waves. Below us, at a distance of forty feet,
-the screw was beating the water with a tremendous force, making its
-copper gleam in the midst of what appeared to be a vast conglomeration
-of liquefied emeralds, the fleecy track extending as far as the eye
-could reach, mingled in a milky path the foam from the screw, and the
-paddle engines, whilst the white and black fringed plumage of the
-sea-gulls flying above, cast rapid shadows over the sea.
-
-Fabian was looking at the magic of the waves without speaking. What did
-he see in this liquid mirror, which gave scope to the most capricious
-flights of imagination? Was some vanished face passing before his eyes,
-and bidding him a last farewell? Did he see a drowning shadow in these
-eddying waters? He seemed to me sadder than usual, and I dared not ask
-him the cause of his grief.
-
-After the long separation which had estranged us from each other, it was
-for him to confide in me, and for me to await his confidences. He had
-told me as much of his past life as he wished me to know; his life in
-the Indian garrison, his hunting, and adventures; but not a word had he
-said of the emotions which swelled in his heart, or the cause of the
-sighs which heaved his breast; undoubtedly Fabian was not one who tried
-to lessen his grief by speaking of it, and therefore he suffered the
-more.
-
-Thus we remained leaning over the sea, and as I turned my head I saw the
-great paddles emerging under the regular action of the engine.
-
-Once Fabian said to me, “This track is indeed magnificent. One would
-think that the waves were amusing themselves with tracing letters! Look
-at the ‘l’s’ and ‘e’s’. Am I deceived? No, they are indeed always the
-same letters.”
-
-Fabian’s excited imagination saw in these eddyings that which it wished
-to see. But what could these letters signify? What remembrance did they
-call forth in Fabian’s mind? The latter had resumed his silent
-contemplation, when suddenly he said to me,—
-
-“Come to me, come; that gulf will draw me in!”
-
-“What is the matter with you, Fabian,” said I, taking him by both hands;
-“what is the matter, my friend?”
-
-“I have here,” said he, pressing his hand on his heart, “I have here a
-disease which will kill me.”
-
-“A disease?” said I to him, “a disease with no hope of cure?”
-
-“No hope.”
-
-And without another word Fabian went to the saloon, and then on to his
-cabin.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XII.
-
-
-The next day, Saturday, 30th of March, the weather was fine, and the sea
-calm; our progress was more rapid, and the “Great Eastern” was now going
-at the rate of twelve knots an hour.
-
-The wind had set south, and the first officer ordered the mizen and the
-top-mast sails to be hoisted, so that the ship was perfectly steady.
-Under this fine sunny sky the upper decks again became crowded; ladies
-appeared in fresh costumes, some walking about, others sitting down—I
-was going to say on the grass-plats beneath the shady trees, and the
-children resumed their interrupted games. With a few soldiers in
-uniform, strutting about with their hands in their pockets, one might
-have fancied oneself on a French promenade.
-
-At noon, the weather being favourable, Captain Anderson and two officers
-went on to the bridge, in order to take the sun’s altitude; each held a
-sextant in his hand, and from time to time scanned the southern horizon,
-towards which their horizon-glasses were inclined.
-
-“Noon,” exclaimed the Captain, after a short time.
-
-Immediately a steersman rang a bell on the bridge, and all the watches
-on board were regulated by the statement which had just been made.
-
-Half-an-hour later, the following observation was posted up:—
-
- Lat. 51° 10´ N.
- Long. 24° 13´ W.
- Course, 227 miles. Distance 550.
-
-We had thus made two hundred and twenty-seven miles since noon the day
-before.
-
-I did not see Fabian once during the day. Several times, uneasy about
-his absence, I passed his cabin, and was convinced that he had not left
-it.
-
-He must have wished to avoid the crowd on deck, and evidently sought to
-isolate himself from this tumult. I met Captain Corsican, and for an
-hour we walked on the poop. He often spoke of Fabian, and I could not
-help telling him what had passed between Fabian and myself the evening
-before.
-
-“Yes,” said Captain Corsican, with an emotion he did not try to
-disguise. “Two years ago Fabian had the right to think himself the
-happiest of men, and now he is the most unhappy.” Archibald Corsican
-told me, in a few words, that at Bombay Fabian had known a charming
-young girl, a Miss Hodges. He loved her, and was beloved by her. Nothing
-seemed to hinder a marriage between Miss Hodges and Captain Mac Elwin;
-when, by her father’s consent, the young girl’s hand was sought by the
-son of a merchant at Calcutta. It was an old business affair, and
-Hodges, a harsh, obstinate, and unfeeling man, who happened at this time
-to be in a delicate position with his Calcutta correspondent, thinking
-that the marriage would settle everything well, sacrificed his daughter
-to the interests of his fortune. The poor child could not resist; they
-put her hand into that of the man she did not and could not love, and
-who, from all appearance, had no love for her. It was a mere business
-transaction, and a barbarous deed. The husband carried off his wife the
-day after they were married, and since then Fabian has never seen her
-whom he has always loved.
-
-This story showed me clearly that the grief which seemed to oppress
-Fabian was indeed serious.
-
-“What was the young girl’s name?” asked I of Captain Corsican.
-
-“Ellen Hodges,” replied he.
-
-“Ellen,—that name explains the letters which Fabian thought he saw
-yesterday in the ship’s track. And what is the name of this poor young
-woman’s husband?” said I to the Captain.
-
-“Harry Drake.”
-
-“Drake!” cried I, “but that man is on board.”
-
-“He here!” exclaimed Corsican, seizing my hand, and looking straight at
-me.
-
-“Yes,” I replied, “he is on board.”
-
-“Heaven grant that they may not meet!” said the Captain gravely.
-“Happily they do not know each other, at least Fabian does not know
-Harry Drake; but that name uttered in his hearing would be enough to
-cause an outburst.”
-
-I then related to Captain Corsican what I knew of Harry Drake, that is
-to say, what Dr. Dean Pitferge had told me of him. I described him such
-as he was, an insolent, noisy adventurer, already ruined by gambling,
-and other vices, and ready to do anything to get money; at this moment
-Harry Drake passed close to us; I pointed him out to the Captain, whose
-eyes suddenly grew animated, and he made an angry gesture, which I
-arrested.
-
-“Yes,” said he, “there is the face of a villain. But where is he going?”
-
-“To America, they say, to try and get by chance what he does not care to
-work for.”
-
-“Poor Ellen!” murmured the Captain; “where is she now?”
-
-“Perhaps this wretch has abandoned her, or why should she not be on
-board?” said Corsican, looking at me.
-
-[Illustration: HE MADE AN ANGRY GESTURE WHICH I ARRESTED.]
-
-This idea crossed my mind for the first time, but I rejected it. No;
-Ellen was not, could not be on board; she could not have escaped Dr.
-Pitferge’s inquisitive eye. No! she cannot have accompanied Drake on
-this voyage!
-
-“May what you say be true, sir!” replied Captain Corsican; “for the
-sight of that poor victim reduced to so much misery would be a terrible
-blow to Fabian: I do not know what would happen, for Fabian is a man who
-would kill Drake like a dog. I ask you, as a proof of your friendship,
-never to lose sight of him; so that if anything should happen, one of us
-may be near, to throw ourselves between him and his enemy. You
-understand a duel must not take place between these two men. Alas!
-neither here nor elsewhere. A woman cannot marry her husband’s murderer,
-however unworthy that husband may have been.”
-
-I well understood Captain Corsican’s reason. Fabian could not be his own
-justiciary. It was foreseeing, from a distance, coming events, but how
-is it that the uncertainty of human things is so little taken into
-account? A presentiment was boding in my mind. Could it be possible,
-that in this common life on board, in this every-day mingling together,
-that Drake’s noisy personality could remain unnoticed by Fabian? An
-accident, a trifle, a mere name uttered, would it not bring them face to
-face? Ah! how I longed to hasten the speed of the steamer which carried
-them both! Before leaving Captain Corsican I promised to keep a watch on
-our friend, and to observe Drake, whom on his part he engaged not to
-lose sight of; then he shook my hand, and we parted.
-
-Towards evening a dense mist swept over the ocean, and the darkness was
-intense. The brilliantly-lighted saloons contrasted singularly with the
-blackness of the night. Waltzes and ballad songs followed each other;
-all received with frantic applause, and even hurrahs were not wanting,
-when the actor from T——, sitting at the piano, bawled his songs with the
-self-possession of a strolling player.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII.
-
-
-The next day, the 31st of March, was Sunday. How would this day be kept
-on board? Would it be the English or American Sunday, which closes the
-“bars” and the “taps” during service hours; which withholds the
-butcher’s hand from his victim; which keeps the baker’s shovel from the
-oven; which causes a suspension of business; extinguishes the fires of
-the manufactories; which closes the shops, opens the churches, and
-moderates the speed of the railway trains, contrary to the customs in
-France? Yes, it must be kept thus, or almost thus.
-
-First of all, during the service, although the weather was fine, and we
-might have gained some knots, the Captain did not order the sails to be
-hoisted, as it would have been “improper.” I thought myself very
-fortunate that the screw was allowed to continue its work, and when I
-inquired of a fierce Puritan the reason for this tolerance, “Sir,” said
-he to me, “that which comes directly from God must be respected; the
-wind is in His hand, the steam is in the power of man.”
-
-I was willing to content myself with this reason, and in the meantime
-observed what was going on on board.
-
-All the crew were in full uniform, and dressed with extreme propriety. I
-should not have been surprised to see the stokers working in black
-clothes; the officers and engineers wore their finest uniforms, with
-gilt buttons; their shoes shone with a British lustre, and rivalled
-their glazed hats with an intense irradiation. All these good people
-seemed to have hats and boots of a dazzling brightness. The Captain and
-the first officer set the example, and with new gloves and military
-attire, glittering and perfumed, they paced up and down the bridges
-awaiting the hour for service.
-
-The sea was magnificent and resplendent beneath the first rays of a
-spring sun; not a sail in sight. The “Great Eastern” occupied alone the
-centre of the immense expanse. At ten o’clock the bell on deck tolled
-slowly and at regular intervals; the ringer, who was a steersman,
-dressed in his best, managed to obtain from this bell a kind of solemn,
-religious tone, instead of the metallic peals with which it accompanied
-the whistling of the boilers, when the ship was surrounded by fog.
-Involuntarily one looked for the village steeple which was calling to
-prayer.
-
-At this moment numerous groups appeared at the doors of the cabins, at
-the bows and stern; the boulevards were soon filled with men, women, and
-children carefully dressed for the occasion. Friends exchanged quiet
-greetings; every one held a Prayer-book in his hand, and all were
-waiting for the last bell which would announce the beginning of service.
-I saw also piles of Bibles, which were to be distributed in the church,
-heaped upon trays generally used for sandwiches.
-
-The church was the great saloon, formed by the upper deck at the stern,
-the exterior of which, from its width and regularity of structure,
-reminded one very much of the hotel of the Ministère des Finances, in
-the Rue de Rivoli. I entered. Numbers of the faithful were already in
-their places. A profound silence reigned among the congregation; the
-officers occupied the apsis of the church, and, in the midst of them,
-stood Captain Anderson, as pastor. My friend Dean Pitferge was near him,
-his quick little eyes running over the whole assembly. I will venture to
-say he was there more out of curiosity than anything else.
-
-At half-past ten the Captain rose, and the service began; he read a
-chapter from the Old Testament. After each verse the congregation
-murmured the one following; the shrill soprano voices of the women and
-children distinctly separate from the baritone of the men. This Biblical
-dialogue lasted for about half-an-hour, and the simple, at the same time
-impressive ceremony, was performed with a puritanical gravity. Captain
-Anderson assuming the office of pastor on board, in the midst of the
-vast ocean, and speaking to a crowd of listeners, hanging, as it were,
-over the verge of an abyss, claimed the respect and attention of the
-most indifferent. It would have been well if the service had concluded
-with the reading; but when the Captain had finished a speaker arose, who
-could not fail to arouse feelings of violence and rebellion where
-tolerance and meditation should reign.
-
-It was the reverend gentleman of whom I have before spoken—a little,
-fidgety man, an intriguing Yankee; one of those ministers who exercise
-such a powerful influence over the States of New England. His sermon was
-already prepared, the occasion was good, and he intended to make use of
-it. Would not the good Yorrick have done the same? I looked at Dean
-Pitferge; the Doctor did not frown, but seemed inclined to try the
-preacher’s zeal.
-
-The latter gravely buttoned his black overcoat, placed his silk cap on
-the table, drew out his handkerchief, with which he touched his lips
-lightly, and taking in the assembly at a glance—
-
-“In the beginning,” said he, “God created America, and rested on the
-seventh day.”...
-
-Thereupon I reached the door.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV.
-
-
-At lunch Dean Pitferge told me that the reverend gentleman had admirably
-enlarged on his text. Battering rams, armed forts, and submarine
-torpedoes had figured in his discourse; as for himself, he was made
-great by the greatness of America. If it pleases America to be thus
-extolled, I have nothing to say.
-
-Entering the grand saloon, I read the following note:—
-
- Lat 50° 8´ N.
- Long. 30° 44´ W.
- Course, 255 miles.
-
-Always the same result. We had only made eleven hundred miles, including
-the three hundred and ten between Fastenet and Liverpool, about a third
-part of our voyage. During the remainder of the day officers, sailors,
-and passengers continued to rest in accordance with established custom.
-Not a piano sounded in the silent saloons; the chess-men did not leave
-their box, or the cards their case; the billiard-room was deserted. I
-had an opportunity this day to introduce Dean Pitferge to Captain
-Corsican. My original very much amused the Captain by telling him the
-stories whispered about the “Great Eastern.” He attempted to prove to
-him that it was a bewitched ship, to which fatal misfortune must happen.
-The yarn of the melted engineer greatly pleased the Captain, who, being
-a Scotchman, was a lover of the marvellous, but he could not repress an
-incredulous smile.
-
-[Illustration: “I SEE” SAID DR. PITFERGE.]
-
-“I see,” said Dr. Pitferge, “the Captain has not much faith in my
-stories.”
-
-“Much! that is saying a great deal,” replied Corsican.
-
-“Will you believe me, Captain, if I affirm that this ship is haunted at
-night?” asked the Doctor, in a serious tone.
-
-“Haunted!” cried the Captain; “what next? Ghosts? and you believe in
-them?”
-
-“I believe,” replied Pitferge, “I believe what people who can be
-depended on have told me. Now, I know some of the officers on watch, and
-the sailors also, are quite unanimous on this point, that during the
-darkness of the night a shadow, a vague form, walks the ship. How it
-comes there they do not know, neither do they know how it disappears.”
-
-“By St. Dunstan!” exclaimed Captain Corsican, “we will watch it well
-together.”
-
-“To-night?” asked the Doctor.
-
-“To-night, if you like; and you, sir,” added the Captain, turning to me,
-“will you keep us company?”
-
-“No,” said I; “I do not wish to trouble the solitude of this phantom;
-besides, I would rather think that our Doctor is joking.”
-
-“I am not joking,” replied the obstinate Pitferge.
-
-“Come, Doctor,” said I. “Do you really believe in the dead coming back
-to the decks of ships?”
-
-“I believe in the dead who come to life again,” replied the Doctor, “and
-this is the more astonishing as I am a physician.”
-
-“A physician!” cried the Captain, drawing back as if the word had made
-him uneasy.
-
-“Don’t be alarmed, Captain,” said the Doctor, smiling, good-humouredly;
-“I don’t practise while travelling.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV.
-
-
-The next day, the 1st of April, the aspect of the sea was truly
-spring-like; it was as green as the meadows beneath the sun’s rays. This
-April sunrise on the Atlantic was superb; the waves spread themselves
-out voluptuously, while porpoises gambolled in the ship’s milky track.
-
-When I met Captain Corsican, he informed me that the ghost announced by
-the Doctor had not thought proper to make its appearance. Undoubtedly,
-the night was not dark enough for it. Then the idea crossed my mind that
-it was a joke of Dean Pitferge’s, sanctioned by the 1st of April; for in
-America, England, and France this custom is very popular. Mystifiers and
-mystified were not wanting; some laughed, others were angry; I even
-believe that blows were exchanged among some of the Saxons, but these
-blows never ended in fighting; for it is well known that in England
-duels are liable to very severe punishment; even officers and soldiers
-are not allowed to fight under any pretext whatever. The homicide is
-subject to the most painful and ignominious punishments. I remember the
-Doctor telling me the name of an officer who was sent to a convict
-prison, for ten years, for having mortally wounded his adversary in a
-very honourable engagement. One can understand, that in face of this
-severe law duels have entirely disappeared from British customs.
-
-The weather being so fine, a good observation could be made, which
-resulted in the following statement: Lat. 48° 47´, and 36° 48´ W. L.;
-dist., 250 miles only. The slowest of the Transatlantic steamers would
-have had the right to offer to take us in tow. This state of things very
-much annoyed Captain Anderson. The engineers attributed the failure of
-pressure to the insufficient ventilation of the new furnaces; but for my
-part, I thought that the diminution of speed was owing to the diameter
-of the wheels having been imprudently made smaller.
-
-However, to-day, about two o’clock, there was an improvement in the
-ship’s speed; it was the attitude of the two young lovers which revealed
-this change to me. Leaning against the bulwarks, they murmured joyful
-words, clapped their hands, and looked smilingly at the escape-pipes,
-which were placed near the chimneys, the apertures of which were crowned
-with a white wreath of vapour. The pressure had risen in the screw
-boilers; as yet it was only a feeble breath of air, a wavering blast;
-but our young friends drank it in eagerly with their eyes. No, not even
-Denis Papin could have been more delighted, when he saw the steam half
-raise the lid of his celebrated saucepan.
-
-“They smoke! they smoke!” cried the young lady, whilst a light breath
-also escaped from her parted lips.
-
-“Let us go and look at the engine,” said the young man, placing her arm
-in his.
-
-Dean Pitferge had joined me, and we followed the loving couple on to the
-upper deck.
-
-“How beautiful is youth!” remarked the Doctor.
-
-“Yes,” said I, “youth affianced.”
-
-Soon we also were leaning over the railing of the engine-rooms. There,
-in the deep abyss, at a distance of sixty feet below us, we saw the four
-long horizontal pistons swaying one towards the other, and with each
-movement moistened by drops of lubricating oil.
-
-In the meanwhile the young man had taken out his watch, and the girl,
-leaning over his shoulder, followed the movement of the minute-hand,
-whilst her lover counted the revolutions of the screw.
-
-“One minute,” said she.
-
-“Thirty-seven turns,” exclaimed the young man.
-
-“Thirty-seven and a half,” observed the Doctor, who had entered into the
-work.
-
-“And a half,” cried the young lady. “You hear, Edward! Thank you, sir,”
-said she, favouring the worthy Pitferge with one of her most pleasing
-smiles.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI.
-
-
-Going back to the grand saloon, I saw the following programme posted on
-the door:—
-
-
- THIS NIGHT!
-
- PART FIRST
-
- “Ocean Time” Mr. Mac Alpine.
- Song: “Beautiful Isle of the Sea” Mr. Ewing.
- Reading Mr. Affleet.
- Piano solo: “Chant du Berger” Mrs. Alloway.
- Scotch Song Doctor T——.
-
- (Ten minutes interval.)
-
-
- PART SECOND.
-
- Piano solo Mr. Paul V——.
- Burlesque: “Lady of Lyons” Doctor T——.
- Entertainment Sir James Anderson.
- Song: “Happy Moment” Mr. Norville.
- Song: “You Remember” Mr. Ewing.
-
-
- FINALE.
-
- “GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.”
-
-
-As may be seen, it was a complete concert, with a first part, entr’acte,
-second part, and finale; but it seems there was something wanting in the
-programme; for I heard some one mutter behind me, “What! no
-Mendelssohn.”
-
-I turned, and saw that it was a steward, who thus protested against the
-omission of his favourite music.
-
-I went on deck, and began to look for Mac Elwin. Corsican had just told
-me that Fabian had left his cabin, and I wanted, without intruding
-myself on him, to draw him out of his isolation. I found him at the
-bows; we talked for some time, but he made no allusion to his past life.
-At times he was silent and pensive, absorbed in his thoughts, no longer
-listening to me, and pressing his breast, as if to restrain a painful
-spasm.
-
-Whilst we were walking together, Harry Drake passed us several times,
-always the same noisy, gesticulating man, obstructive as would be a
-windmill in a ball-room. Was I mistaken? I could not say; for I had
-already anticipated it in my mind; but it seemed to me that Harry Drake
-stared at Fabian with a persistency which the latter must have noticed;
-for he said to me,—
-
-“Who is that man?”
-
-“I don’t know,” I replied.
-
-“I don’t like his looks,” added Fabian.
-
-Put two ships in the open sea, without wind or tide, and, at last, they
-will come together. Throw two planets into space, and they will fall one
-on the other. Place two enemies in the midst of a crowd, and they will
-inevitably meet; it is a fatality, a question of time, that is all.
-
-In the evening the concert took place according to the programme; the
-grand saloon, filled with the audience, was brilliantly lighted. Through
-the half-open hatchways might be seen the broad, sunburnt faces, and the
-great black hands of the sailors; the doorways were crowded with
-stewards; the greater part of the audience—men and women—were seated on
-side sofas, and in the centre of the saloon, in arm-chairs and lounges,
-all facing the piano, firmly fastened between the two doors, which
-opened into the ladies’ saloon. From time to time a rolling motion
-disturbed the audience; arm-chairs and folding-chairs glided about, a
-kind of swell caused a similar undulatory movement to all; they caught
-hold of one another silently, and without making any joke; but upon the
-whole there was not much fear of falling, thanks to the subsidence.
-
-The concert opened with the “Ocean Times.” The “Ocean Times” was a daily
-newspaper, political, commercial, and literary, which certain passengers
-had started for the requirements on board. Americans and English took to
-this sort of pastime; they wrote out their sheet during the day; and let
-me say, that if the editors were not particular, as to the quality of
-their articles, their readers were not more so. They were content with
-little, even with “not enough.”
-
-This number for the 1st of April contained a “Great Eastern” leader—tame
-enough, on general politics—also various facts quite uninteresting to a
-Frenchman; articles on the money-markets, not particularly comic;
-curious telegrams, and some rather insipid home news. After all this
-kind of fun is only amusing to those who make it. The Honourable Mac
-Alpine, a dogmatical American, read, with earnest gravity, some rather
-dull lucubrations, which were received by his audience with great
-applause. He finished his reading with the following news:—
-
-“It is announced that President Johnson has resigned in favour of
-General Grant.”
-
-“It is said that Fernando Cortez is going to attack the Emperor Napoleon
-the Third, piratically, out of revenge for the latter’s conquest of
-Mexico.”
-
-“We are told for a certainty that Pope Pius IX. has designated the
-Prince Imperial as his successor.”
-
-When the “Ocean Times” had been sufficiently applauded, the Honourable
-Mr. Ewing, a fine-looking young fellow, with a tenor voice, warbled
-“Beautiful Isle of the Sea,” with all the harshness of an English
-throat.
-
-[Illustration: A FINE-LOOKING YOUNG FELLOW.]
-
-The “reading” appeared to me to have a questionable charm; it was simply
-two or three pages of a book, read by a worthy Texian, who began in a
-low voice, and gradually got higher and higher; he also was very much
-applauded.
-
-The “Shepherd’s Song,” a piano solo, by Mrs. Alloway, and a Scotch song,
-sung by Doctor T——, concluded the first part of the programme.
-
-After the ten minutes’ interval, during which some of the audience left
-their seats, the second part of the concert began. The Frenchman, Paul
-V——, played some charming waltzes, which were noisily encored. One of
-the ship’s doctors on board, a very conceited young man, recited a
-burlesque scene, a kind of parody on the “Lady of Lyons,” a drama very
-much in vogue in England.
-
-The “burlesque” was succeeded by the “entertainment.” What had Sir James
-Anderson prepared under this name? Was it a conference or a sermon?
-Neither the one nor the other. Sir James Anderson rose smilingly, drew a
-pack of cards from his pocket, turned back his white cuffs, and
-performed some tricks, the simplicity of which was redeemed by the
-graceful manner in which they were done. Hurrahs and applause.
-
-After the “Happy Moment,” and “You Remember,” sung by Mr. Norville and
-Mr. Ewing, the programme announced “God Save the Queen;” but some
-Americans begged Paul V——, as he was a Frenchman, to play the national
-French Anthem. Immediately my agreeable countryman began the inevitable
-“Partant pour la Syrie.” Energetic demands from a party of north-men,
-who wished to hear the “Marseillaise,” and without being pressed
-further, the obedient pianist, with a compliance which betokened rather
-a musical facility than political convictions, vigorously attacked the
-song of Rouget de l’Ile.
-
-This was the grand success of the evening, and the assembly, standing,
-slowly sang the “National Anthem,” which prays God to bless the Queen.
-
-Upon the whole this soirée was as good as amateur soirées generally are;
-that is to say, it was chiefly a success for the performers and their
-friends. Fabian did not show himself there at all.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII.
-
-
-During Monday night the sea was very stormy. Once more the partitions
-began creaking, and again the luggage made its way through the saloons.
-When I went on deck, about seven o’clock in the morning, the wind had
-freshened, and it was raining. The officer on watch had ordered the
-sails to be taken in, so that the steam-ship, left without any support,
-rolled dreadfully. All this day, the 2nd of April, the deck was
-deserted, even the saloons were empty, for the passengers had taken
-refuge in their cabins; and two-thirds of the guests were missing at
-lunch and dinner. Whist was impossible, for the tables glided from under
-the players’ hands. The chess-men were unmanageable. A few of the more
-fearless stretched themselves on the sofas, reading or sleeping, as many
-preferred to brave the rain on deck, where the sailors, in their
-oil-skin jackets and glazed hats, were sedately pacing to and fro. The
-first officer, well wrapped in his macintosh, and perched on the bridge,
-was on watch, and in the midst of the hurricane his small eyes sparkled
-with delight. This was what the little man loved, and the steamer rolled
-to his liking.
-
-The water from the skies and sea mingled in a dense fog. The atmosphere
-was grey, and birds flew screeching through the damp mists. At ten
-o’clock a three-mast ship was hailed, sailing astern of us, but her
-nationality could not be recognized.
-
-At about eleven o’clock the wind abated, and veered to the north-west.
-The rain ceased, almost suddenly, blue sky appeared through the opening
-in the clouds, the sun shone out again, and permitted a more or less
-perfect observation to be made, which was posted up as follows:—
-
- Lat. 46° 29´ N.
- Long. 42° 25´ W.
- Dist., 356 miles.
-
-So that, although the pressure of the boilers had risen, the ship’s
-speed had not increased; but this might be attributed to the westerly
-wind, which caught the ship ahead, and considerably impeded her
-progress.
-
-At two o’clock the fog grew dense again, the wind fell and rose at the
-same time. The thickness of the fog was so intense that the officers on
-the bridge could not see the men at the bows. These accumulated vapours
-rising from the sea constitute the greatest danger of navigation. They
-cause accidents which it is impossible to avoid, and a collision at sea
-is more to be dreaded than a fire.
-
-Thus, in the midst of the fog, officers and sailors were obliged to keep
-a strict watch, which soon proved to be necessary, for about three
-o’clock a three-master appeared at less than two hundred yards from the
-“Great Eastern,” her sails disabled by a gust of wind, and no longer
-answering to her helm. The “Great Eastern” turned in time to avoid her,
-thanks to the promptitude with which the men on watch warned the
-steersman. These well-regulated signals are given by means of a bell,
-fastened to the poop at the bows. One ring signifies ship ahead; two,
-ship-starboard; three, ship a-larboard; and immediately the man at the
-helm steers in order to avoid a collision.
-
-The wind did not abate until evening; however the rolling was nothing to
-speak of, as the sea was protected by the Newfoundland heights. Another
-entertainment, by Sir James Anderson, was announced for this day. At the
-appointed hour the saloon was filled; but this time it had nothing to do
-with cards. Sir James Anderson told us the history of the Transatlantic
-Cable, which he had himself laid. He showed us photographs representing
-the different engines used for the immersion. He sent round a model of
-the splice which was used to fasten together the pieces of cable.
-Finally, very justly merited, the three cheers with which his lecture
-was received, a great part of which was meant for the Honourable Cyrus
-Field, promoter of the enterprise, who was present on this occasion.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVIII.
-
-
-The next day, the 3rd of April, from early dawn the horizon wore that
-peculiar aspect which the English call “blink.” It was of that misty
-white colour which signifies that icebergs are not far distant; in fact
-the “Great Eastern” was ploughing those seas on which float the first
-blocks of ice detached from the icebergs in Davis’ Straits. A special
-watch was kept, in order to avoid the rude collision with these enormous
-blocks.
-
-There was a strong westerly wind blowing; strips of clouds, or rather
-shreds of vapour, hung over the sea, through which glimpses of blue sky
-appeared. A dull thudding noise came from the waves tossed by the wind,
-and drops of water, seemingly pulverized, evaporated in foam.
-
-Neither Fabian, Captain Corsican, nor Doctor Pitferge had yet come on
-deck, so I went towards the bows, where the junction of the bulwarks
-formed a comfortable angle, a kind of retreat, in which like a hermit,
-one could retire from the world. I took my place in this corner, sitting
-on a skylight, and my feet resting on an enormous pulley; the wind being
-dead ahead passed over without touching me. This was a good place for
-reflection. From here I had a view of the whole immensity of the ship; I
-could see the long slanting ropes of the rigging at the stern. On the
-first level a top-man, hanging in the mizen-shrouds, held himself up
-with one hand, whilst with the other he worked with a remarkable
-dexterity. On the deck below him paced the officer on watch, peering
-through the mists. On the bridge, at the stern, I caught a glimpse of an
-officer, his back rounded, and his head muffled in a hood, struggling
-against the gusts of wind. I could distinguish nothing of the sea,
-except a bluish horizontal line discernible behind the paddles. Urged on
-by her powerful engines, the narrow stem of the steam-ship cut the
-waves, with a hissing sound, like that when the sides of a boiler are
-heated by a roaring fire. But the colossal ship, with the wind ahead,
-and borne on three waves, hardly felt the movement of the sea, which
-would have shaken any other steamer with its pitchings.
-
-[Illustration: HIS BACK ROUNDED, AND HIS HEAD MUFFLED IN A HOOD.]
-
-At half-past twelve the notice stated that we were in 44° 53´ North
-lat., and 47° 6´ W. long., and had made two hundred and twenty-seven
-miles in twenty-four hours only. The young couple must have scolded the
-wheels which did not turn, and the steam which was not at all strong
-enough to please them.
-
-About three o’clock the sky, swept by the wind, cleared up; the line of
-the horizon was once more clearly defined, the wind fell, but for a long
-while the sea rose in great foam-crested billows. Such a gentle breeze
-could not cause this swell; one might have said that the Atlantic was
-still sulky.
-
-At twenty-five minutes to four a three-mast ship was hailed to larboard.
-She hoisted her name; it was the “Illinois,” an American ship, on her
-way to England.
-
-At this moment Lieutenant H—— informed me that we were passing Cape Race
-point. We were now in the rich coasts where are obtained cod-fish, three
-of which would suffice to supply England and America if all the roe were
-hatched. The day passed without any remarkable occurrence; no accident
-had as yet thrown Fabian and Harry Drake together, for the Captain and I
-never lost sight of them. In the evening the same harmless amusement,
-the same reading, and songs in the grand saloon called forth, as usual,
-frantic applauses. As an extraordinary occurrence a lively discussion
-broke out between a Northerner and a Texian. The latter demanded an
-Emperor for the Southern States. Happily this political discussion,
-which threatened to degenerate into a quarrel, was put an end to by the
-timely arrival of an imaginary despatch, addressed to the “Ocean Times,”
-and conceived in these terms: “Captain Semmes, Minister of War, has made
-the South compensate for its ravages in Alabama.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIX.
-
-
-Leaving the brilliantly lighted saloon I went on deck with Captain
-Corsican. The night was dark; not a star in the firmament; an
-impenetrable gloom surrounded the ship. The windows of the saloon shone
-like the mouths of furnaces; the man on watch, heavily pacing the poop,
-was scarcely discernible, but one could breathe the fresh air, and the
-Captain inhaled it with expanded lungs.
-
-“I was stifled in the saloon,” said he; “here at least I can breathe. I
-require my hundred cubic yards of pure air every twenty-four hours, or I
-get half suffocated.”
-
-“Breathe, Captain, breathe at your ease,” said I to him; “the breeze
-does not stint your wants. Oxygen is a good thing, but it must be
-confessed Parisians and Londoners know it only by reputation.”
-
-“Yes,” replied the Captain, “and they prefer carbonic acid. Ah well!
-every one to his liking; for my own part I detest it, even in
-champagne.”
-
-Thus talking, we paced up and down the deck on the starboard side,
-sheltered from the wind by the high partitions of the deck cabins. Great
-wreaths of smoke, illuminated with sparks, curled from the black
-chimneys; the noise of the engines accompanied the whistling of the wind
-in the shrouds, which sounded like the cords of a harp. Mingling with
-this hubbub, each quarter of an hour, came the cry of the sailors on
-deck, “All’s well, all’s well.”
-
-In fact no precaution had been neglected to insure the safety of the
-ship on these coasts frequented by icebergs. The Captain had a bucket of
-water drawn every half-hour, in order to ascertain the temperature, and
-if it had fallen one degree he immediately changed his course, for he
-knew that the “Peruvian” had been seen but a fortnight since blocked up
-by icebergs in this latitude; it was therefore a danger to be avoided.
-His orders for night were to keep a strict look-out. He himself remained
-on the bridge with an officer each side of him, one at the wheel signal,
-the other at the screw; besides these a lieutenant and two men kept
-watch on the poop, whilst a quarter-master with a sailor stood at the
-stern; the passengers might therefore rest quietly.
-
-After noticing these arrangements we went back again to the stern, as we
-had made up our minds to stay some time longer, walking on deck like
-peaceful citizens taking an evening stroll in their town squares.
-
-The place seemed deserted. Soon, however, our eyes grew accustomed to
-the darkness, and we perceived a man leaning perfectly motionless, with
-his elbow on the railing. Corsican, after looking at him attentively for
-some time, said to me,—
-
-“It is Fabian.”
-
-It was indeed Fabian. We recognized him, but absorbed as he was in a
-profound contemplation he did not see us. His eyes were fixed on an
-angle of the upper deck; I saw them gleam in the dark. What was he
-looking at? How could he pierce this black gloom? I thought it better to
-leave him to his reflections, but Captain Corsican went up to him.
-
-“Fabian,” said he.
-
-Fabian did not answer; he had not heard. Again Corsican called him. He
-shuddered, and turned his head for a moment, saying,—
-
-“Hush.”
-
-Then with his hand he pointed to a shadow which was slowly moving at the
-further end of the upper deck. It was this almost invisible figure that
-Fabian was looking at, and smiling sadly he murmured,—
-
-“The black lady.”
-
-I shuddered. Captain Corsican took hold of my arm, and I felt that he
-also was trembling. The same thought had struck us both. This shadow was
-the apparition about which Dean Pitferge had spoken.
-
-[Illustration: THE BLACK LADY.]
-
-Fabian had relapsed into his dreamy contemplation. I, with a heaving
-breast and awe-struck glance, looked at this human figure, the outline
-of which was hardly discernible; but presently it became more defined.
-It came forward, stopped, turned back, and then again advanced, seeming
-to glide rather than walk. At ten steps from us it stood perfectly
-still. I was then able to distinguish the figure of a slender female,
-closely wrapped in a kind of brown burnous, and her face covered with a
-thick veil.
-
-“A mad woman, a mad woman, is it not?” murmured Fabian.
-
-It was, indeed, a mad woman; but Fabian was not asking us: he was
-speaking to himself.
-
-In the meantime the poor creature came still nearer to us. I thought I
-could see her eyes sparkle through her veil, when they were fixed on
-Fabian. She went up to him, Fabian started to his feet, electrified. The
-veiled woman put her hand on her heart as though counting its pulsation,
-then, gliding swiftly away, she disappeared behind the angle of the
-upper deck. Fabian staggered, and fell on his knees, his hands stretched
-out before him.
-
-“It is she,” he murmured.
-
-Then shaking his head,—
-
-“What an hallucination!” he added.
-
-Captain Corsican then took him by the hand.
-
-“Come, Fabian, come,” said he, and he led away his unhappy friend.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XX.
-
-
-Corsican and I could no longer doubt but that it was Ellen, Fabian’s
-betrothed, and Harry Drake’s wife. Chance had brought all three together
-on the same ship. Fabian had not recognized her, although he had cried,
-“It is she, it is she!” and how was it possible that he could have done
-so? But he was not mistaken in saying, “A mad woman!” Ellen was mad,
-undoubtedly; grief, despair, love frozen in her heart, contact with the
-worthless man who had snatched her from Fabian, ruin, misery, and shame
-had broken her spirit. It was on this subject that Corsican and I spoke
-the following morning. We had no doubt as to the identity of the young
-woman; it was Ellen, whom Harry Drake was dragging with him to the
-American continent. The Captain’s eyes glowed with a dark fire at the
-thought of this wretch, and I felt my heart stir within me. What were we
-against the husband, the master? Nothing. But now, what was most
-important, was to prevent another meeting between Fabian and Ellen, for
-Fabian could not fail at last to recognize his betrothed, and thus the
-catastrophe we wished to avoid would be brought about.
-
-At the same time we had reason to hope that these two poor creatures
-would not see each other again, as the unhappy Ellen never appeared in
-the daytime, either in the saloons or on the deck. Only at night,
-perhaps eluding her gaoler, she came out to bathe herself in the damp
-air, and demand of the wind a smooth passage. In four days, at the
-latest, the “Great Eastern” must reach New York harbour; therefore we
-might hope that accident would not dally with our watchfulness, and that
-Fabian would not discover Ellen during this time; but we made our
-calculations without thinking of events.
-
-The steamer’s course had been slightly altered in the night, three times
-the ship, being in water twenty-seven degrees Fahrenheit—that is to say,
-five degrees below zero, had been turned towards the south. There was no
-longer any doubt of icebergs being very near, for the sky that morning
-had a peculiarly brilliant aspect; the atmosphere was misty, and the
-northern sky glittered with an intense reverberation, evidently produced
-by the powerful reflection from the icebergs. There was a piercing wind,
-and about ten o’clock the deck was powdered by a slight snow-fall; then
-dense fog surrounded us, in which we gave warning of our approach, by
-deafening whistles, which scared away the flocks of sea-gulls in the
-ship’s yards. At half-past ten, the fog having cleared off, a screw
-steamer appeared on the horizon, a-starboard, the white tops of her
-chimneys indicating that she was an emigrant ship, belonging to the
-Inman Company.
-
-Before lunch several of the passengers organized a pool, which could not
-fail to please those fond of betting and gambling. The result of this
-pool was not to be known for four days; it was what is called the
-“pilot’s pool.” When a ship arrives at the land-falls every one knows
-that a pilot comes on board; so they divide the twenty-four hours of the
-day and night into forty-eight half-hours, or ninety-six quarters,
-according to the number of the passengers. Each player stakes one
-dollar, and draws one of the half or quarter hours: the winner of the
-forty-eight or ninety-six dollars is the one during whose quarter of an
-hour the pilot comes on board. From this it may be seen that the game is
-very simple; it is not a race-course, but a quarter-of-an-hour race.
-
-It was a Canadian, the Honourable MacAlpine, who undertook the
-management of the affair. He easily collected ninety-six players,
-including several professed gamblers, not the least among those ready
-for gain. I, following the general example, staked my dollar, and fate
-allotted me the ninety-fourth quarter; it was a bad number, and one
-which left me no chance of profit. The fact is, these divisions are
-reckoned from noon to noon, so that there are night as well as day
-quarters; and as it is very seldom that ships venture close in in the
-dark, the chance of a pilot coming on board then is very small. However,
-I easily consoled myself. Going down into the saloon, I saw a lecture
-announced. The Utah missionary was going to hold a meeting on Mormonism;
-a good opportunity for those wishing to initiate themselves in the
-mysteries of the City of Saints; besides, this Elder, Mr. Hatch, was an
-orator of no mean power. The execution could not fail to be worthy of
-the work. The announcement of the conference was received very
-favourably by the passengers.
-
-The observation posted up was as follows:—
-
- Lat. 42° 32´ N.
- Long. 51° 59´ W.
- Course, 254 miles.
-
-About three o’clock in the afternoon the steersman signaled a large
-four-mast steamer, which slightly changed its course, in order to give
-the “Great Eastern” its number. It was the “Atlanta,” one of the largest
-boats running between London and New York, calling at Brest on the way.
-After having saluted us, which we returned, in a short time she was out
-of sight.
-
-At this moment Dean Pitferge, in a vexed tone, informed me that Mr.
-Hatch’s lecture was forbidden, as the wives of the puritans on board did
-not approve of their husbands becoming acquainted with the mysteries of
-Mormonism.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXI.
-
-
-At four o’clock, the sky, which had been overcast, cleared up, the sea
-grew calm, and the ship was so steady, one might almost have thought
-oneself on _terra firma_—this gave the passengers the idea of getting up
-races. Epsom turf could not have afforded a better coursing-ground, and
-as for horses, they were well replaced by pure Scotchmen, as good as any
-“Gladiator,” or “La Touque.” The news soon spread, sportsmen immediately
-hurried to the field. An Englishman, the Hon. J. Mac Carthy, was
-appointed commissioner, and the competitors presented themselves without
-delay. They were half a dozen sailors, kind of centaurs, man and horse
-at the same time, all ready to try for the prize.
-
-The two boulevards formed the race-course, the runners were to go three
-times round the ship, thus making a course of about 1300 yards, which
-was quite enough. Soon the galleries were invaded by crowds of
-spectators, all armed with opera-glasses. Some of them had hoisted the
-“green sail,” no doubt to shelter themselves from the spray of the
-Atlantic. Carriages were missing, I must confess, but not the rank,
-where they might have ranged in file. Ladies in gay costumes were
-hurrying on to the upper decks; the scene was charming.
-
-Fabian, Captain Corsican, Dr. Pitferge and I had taken our places on the
-poop, which was what might be called the centre of action. Here the real
-gentlemen riders were assembled; in front of us was the starting and
-winning post. Betting soon began with a true British animation.
-Considerable sums of money were staked, but only from the appearance of
-the racers, whose qualifications had not as yet been inscribed in the
-“stud-book.” It was not without uneasiness that I saw Harry Drake
-interfering in the preparations with his usual audacity, discussing,
-disputing, and settling affairs in a tone which admitted of no reply.
-Happily, although Fabian had risked some pounds in the race, he appeared
-quite indifferent to the noise; he kept himself aloof from the others,
-and it was quite evident his thoughts were far off.
-
-Among the racers who offered themselves, two particularly attracted the
-public attention. Wilmore, a small, thin, wiry Scotchman, with a broad
-chest and sharp eyes, was one of the favourites; the other, an Irishman
-named O’Kelly, a tall, supple fellow, balanced the chance with Wilmore,
-in the eyes of connoisseurs. Three to one was asked on him, and for
-myself partaking the general infatuation, I was going to risk a few
-dollars on him, when the Doctor said to me,—
-
-“Choose the little one; believe me, the tall one is no go.”
-
-“What do you say?”
-
-“I say,” replied the Doctor, “that the tall one is not genuine; he may
-have a certain amount of speed, but he has no bottom. The little one, on
-the contrary, is of pure Scotch race; look how straight his body is on
-his legs, and how broad and pliant his chest is; he is a man who will
-lead more than once in the race. Bet on him, I tell you; you won’t
-regret it.”
-
-I took the learned doctor’s advice, and bet on Wilmore; as to the other
-four, they were not even discussed.
-
-They drew for places; chance favoured the Irishman, who had the
-rope-side; the six runners were placed along the line, bounded by the
-posts, so that there was no unfair start to be feared.
-
-The commissioner gave the signal, and the departure was hailed by a loud
-hurrah. It was soon evident that Wilmore and O’Kelly were professional
-runners; without taking any notice of their rivals, who passed them
-breathless, they ran with their bodies thrown slightly forward, heads
-very erect, arms tightly pressed against their chests, and holding their
-fists firmly in front.
-
-In the second round O’Kelly and Wilmore were in a line, having distanced
-their exhausted competitors. They obviously verified the Doctor’s
-saying,—
-
-“It is not with the legs, but with the chest that one runs; ham-strings
-are good, but lungs are better.”
-
-At the last turning but one the spectators again cheered their
-favourites. Cries and hurrahs broke out on all sides.
-
-“The little one will win,” said Pitferge to me. “Look, he is not even
-panting, and his rival is breathless.”
-
-Wilmore indeed looked calm and pale, whilst O’Kelly was steaming like a
-damp hay-stack; he was “pumped out,” to use a sportsman’s slang
-expression, but both of them kept the same line. At last they passed the
-upper decks; the hatchway of the engine-rooms, the winning-post.
-
-“Hurrah! hurrah! for Wilmore,” cried some.
-
-“Hurrah! for O’Kelly,” chimed in others.
-
-“Wilmore has won.”
-
-“No, they are together.”
-
-The truth was Wilmore had won, but by hardly half a head so the
-Honourable Mac Carthy decided. However, the discussion continued, and
-even came to words. The partisans of the Irishman, and particularly
-Harry Drake, maintained that it was a “dead heat,” and that they ought
-to go again.
-
-But at this moment, urged by an irresistible impulse, Fabian went up to
-Harry Drake, and said to him in a cold tone,—
-
-“You are wrong, sir, the winner was the Scotch sailor.”
-
-“What do you say?” he asked, in a threatening tone.
-
-“I say you are wrong,” answered Fabian quietly.
-
-“Undoubtedly,” retorted Drake, “because you bet on Wilmore.”
-
-“I was for O’Kelly, like yourself; I lost, and I have paid.”
-
-“Sir,” cried Drake, “do you pretend to teach me?—”
-
-But he did not finish his sentence, for Captain Corsican had interposed
-between him and Fabian, with the intention of taking up the quarrel. He
-treated Drake with supreme contempt, but evidently Drake would not pick
-a quarrel with him; so when Corsican had finished, he crossed his arms,
-and addressing himself to Fabian,—
-
-“This gentleman,” said he, with an evil smile, “this gentleman wants
-some one to fight his battles for him.”
-
-Fabian grew pale, he would have sprung at Drake, but I held him back,
-and the scoundrel’s companions dragged him away; not, however, before he
-had cast a look of hatred at his enemy.
-
-Captain Corsican and I went below with Fabian, who contented himself by
-saying, “The first opportunity I have, I will box that impudent fellow’s
-ears.”
-
-[Illustration: HE TREATED DRAKE WITH SUPREME CONTEMPT.]
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXII.
-
-
-From Thursday night to Saturday the “Great Eastern” was crossing the
-Gulf Stream, the water of which is of a dark colour, the surface of the
-current forcing its way against the waters of the Atlantic, is even
-slightly convex. It is, in fact, a river running between two liquid
-shores, and one of the largest in the world, for it reduces the Amazon
-and Mississippi to mere brooks in comparison.
-
-This day, the 5th of April, began with a magnificent sunrise, the waves
-glittered, and a warm south-west wind was wafted through the rigging. It
-was the beginning of the fine weather; the sun, which had clothed the
-fields of the continent with verdure, caused fresh costumes to bloom on
-board. Vegetation is sometimes behind-hand, but fashion never. Soon the
-Boulevards, filled with groups of promenaders, looked like the Champs
-Elysées on a fine Sunday afternoon in May.
-
-I did not see Captain Corsican once that morning; wishing to hear of
-Fabian, I went to his cabin, and knocked at the door, but getting no
-answer I opened it and went in. Fabian was not there. I went on deck
-again, but could find neither my friends nor the Doctor; the idea then
-crossed my mind to find out where the unfortunate Ellen was confined.
-What cabin did she occupy? Where had Drake shut her up? In whose care
-was the poor creature left, when Drake abandoned her for whole days?
-Most likely with some disinterested stewardess, or an indifferent nurse.
-I wished to know how it was, not from any vain motive of curiosity, but
-simply in Ellen and Fabian’s interest, if it was only to prevent a
-meeting, always to be dreaded.
-
-I began my search with the cabin near the ladies’ saloon, and went along
-the passages of both stories. This inspection was easy enough, as the
-names of the occupants were written on each door, in order to facilitate
-the steward’s work. I did not see Harry Drake’s name, but this did not
-surprise me much, as I had no doubt he had preferred the more isolated
-cabins at the stern. In matter of comfort, however, no difference
-existed between the cabins at the bows and those at the stern, for the
-_Freighters_ had only admitted one class of passengers.
-
-I next went towards the dining saloons, keeping carefully to the side
-passages which wound between the double row of cabins. All these rooms
-were occupied, and all had the name of the passengers outside, but Harry
-Drake’s name was not to be seen. This time the absence of his name
-astonished me, for I thought I had been all over our Floating City, and
-I was not aware of any part more secluded than this.
-
-I inquired of a steward, who told me there were yet a hundred cabins
-behind the dining saloons.
-
-“How do you get to them?” I asked.
-
-“By a staircase at the end of the upper deck.”
-
-“Thank you, and can you tell me which cabin Mr. Harry Drake occupies?”
-
-“I do not know, sir,” replied the steward.
-
-Again I went on deck, and following the steward’s direction at last came
-to the door at the top of the stairs. This staircase did not lead to any
-large saloons, but simply to a dimly-lighted landing, round which was
-arranged a double row of cabins. Harry Drake could hardly have found a
-more favourable place in which to hide Ellen.
-
-The greater part of the cabins were unoccupied. I went along the
-landing, a few names were written on the doors, but only two or three at
-the most. Harry Drake’s name was not among them, and as I had made a
-very minute inspection of this compartment, I was very much disappointed
-at my ill success. I was going away when suddenly a vague, almost
-inaudible murmur caught my ear, it proceeded from the left side of the
-passage. I went towards the place; the sounds, at first faint, grew
-louder, and I distinguished a kind of plaintive song, or rather
-melopœia, the words of which did not reach me.
-
-I listened; it was a woman singing, but in this unconscious voice one
-could recognize a mournful wail. Might not this voice belong to the mad
-woman? My presentiments could not deceive me. I went quietly nearer to
-the cabin, which was numbered 775. It was the last in this dim passage,
-and must have been lighted by the lowest light-ports in the hull of the
-“Great Eastern;” there was no name on the door, and Harry Drake had no
-desire that any one should know the place where he confined Ellen.
-
-I could not distinctly hear the voice of the unfortunate woman; her song
-was only a string of unconnected sentences like one speaking in sleep,
-but at the same time it was sweet and plaintive.
-
-Although I had no means of recognizing her identity, I had no doubt but
-that it was Ellen singing.
-
-I listened for some minutes, and was just going away, when I heard a
-step on the landing. Could it be Harry Drake? I did not wish him to find
-me here, for Fabian and Ellen’s sake; fortunately I could get on deck,
-without being seen, by a passage leading round the cabins. However, I
-stopped to know who it really was that I had heard. The darkness
-partially hid me, and standing behind an angle of the passage I could
-see without being myself in sight.
-
-In the meantime the sound of the footsteps had ceased, and with it, as a
-strange coincident, Ellen’s voice. I waited and soon the song began
-again, and the boards creaked under a stealthy tread; I leaned forward
-and, in the dim, uncertain light which glimmered through the cracks of
-the cabin doors, I recognized Fabian.
-
-It was my unhappy friend! What instinct could have led him to this
-place? Had he then discovered the young woman’s retreat before me? I did
-not know what to think. Fabian slowly advanced along the passage,
-listening, following the voice, as if it was a thread drawing him
-unconsciously on, and in spite of himself. It seemed to me that the song
-grew fainter as he approached, and that the thread thus held was about
-to break. Fabian went quite near to the cabin doors and then stopped.
-
-How those sad accents must have rent his heart! and how his whole being
-must have thrilled as he caught some tone in the voice, which reminded
-him of the past! But how was it, ignorant as he was of Harry Drake being
-on board, that he had any suspicion of Ellen’s presence? No, it was
-impossible; he had only been attracted by the plaintive accents which
-insensibly responded to the great grief weighing down his spirit.
-
-[Illustration: FABIAN WENT NEAR TO THE CABIN DOORS.]
-
-Fabian was still listening. What was he going to do? Would he call to
-the mad woman? And what if Ellen suddenly appeared? Everything was
-dangerous in this situation! However, Fabian came nearer still to the
-door of her cabin; the song, which was growing fainter and fainter,
-suddenly died away, and a piercing shriek was heard.
-
-Had Ellen, by a magnetic communication, felt him whom she loved so near
-her? Fabian’s attitude was desperate; he had gathered himself up. Was he
-going to break the door open? I thought he would, so I rushed up to him.
-
-He recognized me; I dragged him away, and he made no resistance, but
-asked me in a hollow voice, “Do you know who that unhappy woman is?”
-
-“No, Fabian, no.”
-
-“It is the mad woman,” said he, in an unnatural voice, “but this madness
-is not without remedy. I feel that a little devotion, a little love,
-would cure the poor woman.”
-
-“Come, Fabian,” said I, “come away.”
-
-We went on deck, but Fabian did not utter another word. I did not leave
-him, however, until he had reached his cabin.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIII.
-
-
-Some moments later I met Captain Corsican, and told him of the scene I
-had just witnessed. He understood, as well as I did, that the situation
-of affairs was growing more and more serious. Ah! could I have foreseen
-all that would happen, how I should have longed to hasten the speed of
-the “Great Eastern,” and put the broad ocean between Fabian and Harry
-Drake!
-
-On leaving each other, Captain Corsican and I agreed to watch the actors
-in this drama more narrowly than ever.
-
-The “Australasian,” a Cunard steamer, running between Liverpool and New
-York, was expected this day. She was to leave America on Wednesday
-morning, and therefore would not be long before passing us. A watch was
-kept; however, she did not come in sight.
-
-About eleven o’clock the English passengers organized a subscription on
-behalf of the wounded on board, some of whom had not been able to leave
-the hospital; among them was the boatswain, threatened with an incurable
-lameness. There was soon a long list of signatures, not however, without
-some objections having been raised.
-
-At noon a very exact observation was able to be made—
-
- Long. 58°, 37´ W.
- Lat. 41° 41´ 11´ N.
- Course, 257 miles.
-
-We had the latitude to a second. When the young engaged couple read the
-notice they did not look remarkably pleased, and they had good reason to
-be discontented with the steam.
-
-Before lunch, Captain Anderson wishing to divert the passengers from the
-tedium of their long voyage, arranged some gymnastic exercises, which he
-directed in person. About fifty unemployed men, each armed, like
-himself, with a stick, imitated all his movements with a strict
-exactitude. These improvised gymnasts, with their firm set mouths,
-worked as methodically as a band of riflemen on parade.
-
-Another entertainment was announced for this evening. I was not present,
-for the same amusement, night after night, only wearied me. A new paper,
-a rival of the “Ocean Times,” was to be the great attraction.
-
-I passed the first hours of the night on deck; the sea heaved, and gave
-warning of stormy weather, and although the sky was perfectly serene,
-the rolling grew more emphasized. Lying on a seat of the upper deck, I
-could admire the host of constellations with which the firmament was
-bespangled, and although there are only 5000 stars, in the whole extent
-of the celestial sphere, which are visible to the naked eye, this
-evening I thought I could see millions. There, along the horizon,
-trailed the tail of Pegasus, in all its zodiacal magnificence, like the
-starry robe of the queen of fairies. The Pleiades ascended the celestial
-heights with Gemini, who, in spite of their name, do not rise one after
-the other, like the heroes of the fable. Taurus looked down on me with
-his great fiery eye, whilst Vega, our future polar-star, shone
-brilliantly, high up in the azure vault, and not far from her was the
-circle of diamonds, which form the constellation of Corona Borealis. All
-these stationary constellations seemed to move with the pitching of the
-vessel, and in one lurch I saw the main-mast describe a distinct arc of
-a circle from β, in the Great Bear, to Altair in the Eagle, whilst the
-moon, already low in the heavens, dipped her crescent in the horizon.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIV.
-
-
-The night was stormy, the steam-ship, beaten by the waves, rolled
-frightfully, without being disabled; the furniture was knocked about
-with loud crashes, and the crockery began its clatter again. The wind
-had evidently freshened, and besides this the “Great Eastern” was now in
-those coasts where the sea is always rough.
-
-At six o’clock in the morning I dragged myself to the staircase, leading
-on to the upper decks. By clutching at the balusters, and taking
-advantage of a lurch or two, I succeeded in climbing the steps, and with
-some difficulty managed to reach the poop. The place was deserted, if
-one may so qualify a place where was Dr. Pitferge. The worthy man, with
-his back rounded as a protection against the wind, was leaning against
-the railing, with his right leg wound tightly round one of the rails. He
-beckoned for me to go to him—with his head, of course, for he could not
-spare his hands, which held him up against the violence of the tempest.
-After several queer movements, twisting myself like an analide, I
-reached the upper deck, where I buttressed myself, after the doctor’s
-fashion. “We are in for it!” cried he to me; “this will last. Heigh ho!
-this ‘Great Eastern!’ Just at the moment of arrival, a cyclone, a
-veritable cyclone is commanded on purpose for her.”
-
-The Doctor spoke in broken sentences, for the wind cut short his words,
-but I understood him; the word cyclone carried its explanation with it.
-
-It is well known that these whirlwinds, called hurricanes in the Indian
-and Atlantic Oceans, tornadoes on the coast of Africa, simoons in the
-desert, and typhoons in the Chinese Sea, are tempests of such formidable
-power, that they imperil the largest ships.
-
-Now the “Great Eastern” was caught in a cyclone. How would this giant
-make head against it?
-
-“Harm will come to her,” repeated Dean Pitferge. “Look, how she dives
-into the billows.”
-
-This was, indeed, the exact position of the steam-ship, whose stern
-disappeared beneath the mountains of waves, which swept violently
-against her. It was not possible to see to any distance: there were all
-the symptoms of a storm, which broke forth in its fury about seven
-o’clock. The ocean heaved terrifically, the small undulations between
-the large waves entirely disappeared under an overwhelming wind, the
-foam-crested billows clashed together, in the wildest uproar, every
-moment; the waves grew higher, and the “Great Eastern,” cutting through
-them, pitched frightfully.
-
-“There are but two courses now to choose from,” said the Doctor, with
-the self-possession of a seaman, “either to put the ship’s head on to
-the waves, working with a minimum speed, or take flight and give up the
-struggle with this baffling sea; but Captain Anderson will do neither
-one thing nor the other.”
-
-“And why not?” I asked.
-
-“Because—” replied the doctor, “because something must happen.”
-
-Turning round, I saw the Captain, the first officer, and the chief
-engineer, muffled in their macintoshes, and clutching at the railings of
-the bridge; they were enveloped in spray from head to foot. The Captain
-was smiling as usual, the first officer laughed, and showed his white
-teeth, at the sight of the ship pitching enough to make one think the
-masts and chimneys were coming down.
-
-Nevertheless I was really astonished at the Captain’s obstinacy. At
-half-past seven, the aspect of the Atlantic was terrible; the sea swept
-right across the deck at the bows. I watched this grand sight; this
-struggle between the giant and the billows, and to a certain extent I
-could sympathize with the Captain’s wilfulness; but I was forgetting
-that the power of the sea is infinite, and that nothing made by the hand
-of man can resist it; and, indeed, powerful as she was, our ship was at
-last obliged to fly before the tempest.
-
-Suddenly, at about eight o’clock, a violent shock was felt, caused by a
-formidable swoop of the sea, which struck the ship on her fore larboard
-quarter.
-
-“That was not a box on the ear, it was a blow in the face,” said the
-Doctor to me.
-
-And the blow had evidently bruised us, for spars appeared on the crests
-of the waves. Was it part of our ship that was making off in this
-manner, or the _débris_ of a wreck?
-
-On a sign from the Captain, the “Great Eastern” shifted her course, in
-order to avoid the spars, which threatened to get entangled in the
-paddles. Looking more attentively, I saw that the sea had carried off
-the bulwarks on the larboard side, which were fifty feet above the
-surface of the water; the jambs were broken, the taggers torn away, and
-the shattered remnants of glass still trembled in their casements. The
-“Great Eastern” had staggered beneath the shock, but she continued her
-way with an indomitable audacity. It was necessary, as quickly as
-possible, to remove the spars which encumbered the ship at the bows, and
-in order to do this it was indispensable to avoid the sea, but the
-steam-ship obstinately continued to make head against the waves. The
-spirit of her captain seemed to animate her; he did not want to yield,
-and yield he would not. An officer and some men were sent to the bows to
-clear the deck.
-
-“Mind,” said the Doctor to me, “the moment of the catastrophe is not far
-off.”
-
-The sailors went towards the bows, whilst we fastened ourselves to the
-second mast, and looked through the spray, which fell in showers over us
-with each wave. Suddenly there was another swoop more violent than the
-first, and the sea poured through the barricading by the opened breach,
-tore off an enormous sheet of cast-iron which covered the bit of the
-bows, broke away the massive top of the hatchway leading to the crew’s
-berths, and lashing against the starboard barricadings, swept them off
-like the sheets of a sail.
-
-The men were knocked down; one of them, an officer, half-drowned, shook
-his red whiskers, and picked himself up; then seeing one of the sailors
-lying unconscious across an anchor, he hurried towards him, lifted him
-on his shoulders and carried him away. At this moment the rest of the
-crew escaped through the broken hatchway. There were three feet of water
-in the tween-decks, new spars covered the sea, and amongst other things
-several thousand of the dolls, which my countryman had thought to
-acclimatize in America; these little bodies, torn from their cases by
-the sea, danced on the summits of the waves, and under less serious
-circumstances the sight would have been truly ludicrous. In the meantime
-the inundation was gaining on us, large bodies of water were pouring in
-through the opened gaps, and according to the engineer, the “Great
-Eastern” shipped more than two thousand tons of water, enough to float a
-frigate of the largest size.
-
-[Illustration: ONE OF THE SAILORS LYING UNCONSCIOUS.]
-
-“Well!” exclaimed the Doctor, whose hat had been blown off in the
-hurricane, “to keep in this position is impossible; it is fool-hardy to
-hold on any longer; we ought to take flight, the steam-ship going with
-her battered stem ahead, is like a man swimming between two currents,
-with his mouth open.”
-
-This Captain Anderson understood at last, for I saw him run to the
-little wheel on the bridge which commanded the movement of the rudder,
-the steam immediately rushed into the cylinders at the stern, and the
-giant turning like a canoe made head towards the north, and fled before
-the storm.
-
-At this moment, the Captain, generally so calm and self-possessed, cried
-angrily,—
-
-“My ship is disgraced.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXV.
-
-
-Scarcely had the “Great Eastern” tacked and presented her stern to the
-waves, than the pitching gave way to perfect steadiness; breakfast was
-served, and the greater part of the passengers, reassured by the ship’s
-stillness, came into the dining-rooms, and took their repast without
-fear of another shock. Not a plate fell off the table, and not a glass
-emptied its contents on to the cloth, although the racks had not even
-been put up. But three quarters of an hour later the furniture was set
-in motion again, and the crockery clattered together on the pantry
-shelves, for the “Great Eastern” had resumed her westerly course, which
-for the time had been interrupted.
-
-I went on deck again with Dr. Pitferge, who seeing the man belonging to
-the dolls said to him,—
-
-“Your little people have been put to a severe test, sir; those poor
-babies will never prattle in the United States.”
-
-“Pshaw!” replied the enterprising Parisian, “the stock was insured, and
-my secret has not perished with it.”
-
-It was evident my countryman was not a man to be easily disheartened, he
-bowed to us with a pleasant smile, and we continued our way to the
-stern, where a steersman told us that the rudder-chains had been jammed
-in the interval between the two swoops.
-
-“If that accident had happened when we were turning,” said Pitferge to
-me, “I cannot say what would have become of us, for the sea would have
-rushed in, in overwhelming torrents; the steam pumps have already begun
-to reduce the water, but there is more coming yet.”
-
-“And what of the unfortunate sailor?” asked I of the Doctor.
-
-“He is severely wounded on his head, poor fellow! he is a young married
-fisherman, the father of two children, and this is his first voyage. The
-Doctor seems to think there is hope of his recovery, and that is what
-makes me fear for him, but we shall soon see for ourselves. A report was
-spread that several men had been washed overboard, but happily there was
-no foundation for it.”
-
-“We have resumed our course at last,” said I.
-
-“Yes,” replied the Doctor, “the westerly course, against wind and tide,
-there is no doubt about that,” added he, catching hold of a kevel to
-prevent himself from rolling on the deck. “Do you know what I should do
-with the ‘Great Eastern’ if she belonged to me? No. Well, I would make a
-pleasure-boat of her, and charge 10,000 francs a head; there would only
-be millionnaires on board, and people who were not pressed for time. I
-would take a month or six weeks going from England to America; the ship
-never against the waves, and the wind always ahead or astern; there
-should be no rolling, no pitching, and I would pay a 100_F._ in any case
-of sea-sickness.”
-
-“That is a practical idea,” said I.
-
-“Yes,” replied Pitferge, “there’s money to be gained or lost by that!”
-
-In the meantime the “Great Eastern” was slowly but steadily continuing
-her way; the swell was frightful, but her straight stem cut the waves
-regularly, and shipped no more water. It was no longer a metal mountain
-making against a mountain of water, but as sedentary as a rock; the
-“Great Eastern” received the billows with perfect indifference. The rain
-fell in torrents, and we were obliged to take refuge under the eaves of
-the grand saloon; with the shower the violence of the wind and sea
-assuaged; the western sky grew clear, and the last black clouds vanished
-in the opposite horizon; at ten o’clock the hurricane sent us a farewell
-gust.
-
-At noon an observation was able to be made and was as follows:—
-
- Lat. 49° 50´, N.
- Long. 61° 57´, W.
- Course, 193 miles.
-
-This considerable diminution in the ship’s speed could only be
-attributed to the tempest, which during the night and morning had
-incessantly beaten against the ship, and a tempest so terrible that one
-of the passengers, almost an inhabitant of the Atlantic, which he had
-crossed forty-four times, declared he had never seen the like. The
-engineer even said that during the storm, when the “Great Eastern” was
-three days in the trough of the sea, the ship had never been attacked
-with such violence, and it must be repeated that even if this admirable
-steam-ship did go at an inferior speed, and rolled decidedly too much,
-she nevertheless presented a sure security against the fury of the sea,
-which she resisted like a block, owing to the perfect homogeneity of her
-construction.
-
-But let me also say, however powerful she might be, it was not right to
-expose her, without any reason whatever, to a baffling sea; for however
-strong, however imposing a ship may appear, it is not “disgraced”
-because it flies before the tempest. A commander ought always to
-remember that a man’s life is worth more than the mere satisfaction of
-his own pride. In any case, to be obstinate is blameable, and to be
-wilful is dangerous. A recent incident in which a dreadful catastrophe
-happened to a Transatlantic steamer shows us that a captain ought not to
-struggle blindly against the sea, even when he sees the boat of a rival
-company creeping ahead.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVI.
-
-
-In the meantime the pumps were exhausting the lake which had been formed
-in the hold of the “Great Eastern,” like a lagoon in the middle of an
-island; powerfully and rapidly worked by steam they speedily restored to
-the Atlantic that which belonged to it. The rain had ceased and the wind
-freshened again, but the sky, swept by the tempest, was clear. I stayed
-several hours after dark walking on deck. Great floods of light poured
-from the half-opened hatchways of the saloons, and at the stern
-stretched a phosphorescent light as far as the eye could reach, streaked
-here and there by the luminous crests of the waves. The stars reflected
-in the lactescent water appeared and disappeared, as though peering
-through rapidly driving clouds. Night had spread her sombre covering far
-and near; forward roared the thunder of the wheels, whilst beneath me I
-heard the clanking of the rudder-chains.
-
-Going back to the saloon door I was surprised to see there a compact
-crowd of spectators, and to hear vociferous applauses, for, in spite of
-the day’s disasters, the entertainment was taking place as usual. Not a
-thought of the wounded and, perhaps, dying sailor. The assembly seemed
-highly animated, and loud hurrahs hailed the appearance of a troop of
-minstrels on board the “Great Eastern.” The niggers—black, or blackened,
-according to their origin—were no others than sailors in disguise. They
-were dressed in cast-off trumpery, ornamented with sea-biscuits for
-buttons; the opera-glasses which they sported were composed of two
-bottles fastened together, and their jew’s-harps consisted of catgut
-stretched on cork. These merry-andrews were amusing enough upon the
-whole; they sang comic songs, and improvised a mixture of puns and
-cock-and-bull stories. The uproarious cheers with which their
-performances were greeted only made them increase their contortions and
-grimaces, until one of them, as nimble as a monkey, finished the
-performance by dancing the sailor’s hornpipe.
-
-[Illustration: A TROOP OF MINSTRELS.]
-
-However amusing the minstrels may have been, they had not succeeded in
-attracting all the passengers. Numbers of them had flocked to their
-usual haunt, the “smoking-room,” and were eagerly pressing round the
-gaming-tables, where enormous stakes were being made, some defending
-their acquisitions during the voyage, others trying to conquer fate by
-making rash wagers at the last moment. The room was in a violent uproar,
-one could hear the voice of the money agent crying the stakes, the oaths
-of the losers, the clinking of gold, and the rustling of dollar-papers;
-then there was a sudden lull, the uproar was silenced by a bold stake,
-but as soon as the result was known the noise was redoubled.
-
-I very seldom entered the smoking-room, for I have a horror of gambling.
-It is always a vulgar and often an unhealthy pastime, and it is a vice
-which does not go alone; the man who gambles will find himself capable
-of any evil. Here reigned Harry Drake in the midst of his parasites,
-here also flourished those adventurers who were going to seek their
-fortunes in America. I always avoided a meeting with these boisterous
-men, so this evening I passed the door without going in, when my
-attention was arrested by a violent outburst of cries and curses. I
-listened, and, after a moment’s silence, to my great astonishment I
-thought I could distinguish Fabian’s voice. What could he be doing in
-this place? Had he come here to look for his enemy, and thus the
-catastrophe, until now avoided, been brought about?
-
-I quickly pushed the door open: at this moment the uproar was at its
-height. In the midst of the crowd of gamblers I saw Fabian standing
-facing Harry Drake. I hurried towards him, Harry Drake had undoubtedly
-grossly insulted him, for Fabian was aiming a blow with his fist at him,
-and if it did not reach the place it was intended for, it was only
-because Corsican suddenly appeared and stopped him with a quick gesture.
-
-But, addressing himself to his enemy, Fabian said, in a cold, sarcastic
-tone,—
-
-“Do you accept that blow?”
-
-“Yes,” replied Drake, “and here is my card!”
-
-Thus, in spite of our efforts, an inevitable fatality had brought these
-two deadly enemies together. It was too late to separate them now,
-events must take their course. Captain Corsican looked at me, and I was
-surprised to see sadness rather than annoyance in his eyes.
-
-[Illustration: “DO YOU ACCEPT THAT BLOW?”]
-
-In the meantime Fabian picked up the card which Harry Drake had thrown
-on the table. He held it between the tips of his fingers as if loath to
-touch it. Corsican was pale, and my heart beat wildly. At last Fabian
-looked at the card, and read the name on it, then with a voice stifled
-by passion he cried,—
-
-“Harry Drake! you! you! you!”
-
-“The same, Captain Mac Elwin,” quietly replied Fabian’s rival.
-
-We were not deceived, if Fabian was ignorant until now of Drake’s name,
-the latter was only too well aware of Fabian’s presence on the “Great
-Eastern.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVII.
-
-
-The next day, at break of dawn, I went in search of Captain Corsican,
-whom I found in the grand saloon. He had passed the night with Fabian,
-who was still suffering from the shock which the name of Ellen’s husband
-had given him. Did a secret intuition tell him that Drake was not alone
-on board? Had Ellen’s presence been revealed to him by the appearance of
-this man? Lastly, could he guess that the poor crazed woman was the
-young girl whom he so fondly loved? Corsican could not say, for Fabian
-had not uttered one word all night.
-
-Corsican resented Fabian’s wrongs with a kind of brotherly feeling. The
-intrepid nature of the latter had from childhood irresistibly attracted
-him, and he was now in the greatest despair.
-
-“I came in too late,” said he to me. “Before Fabian could have raised
-his hand, I ought to have struck that wretch.”
-
-“Useless violence,” replied I. “Harry Drake would not have risked a
-quarrel with you; he has a grudge against Fabian, and a meeting between
-the two had become inevitable.”
-
-“You are right,” said the Captain. “That rascal has got what he wanted;
-he knew Fabian, his past life, and his love. Perhaps Ellen, deprived of
-reason, betrayed her secret thoughts, or, rather, did not Drake before
-his marriage learn from the loyal young woman all he was ignorant of
-regarding her past life? Urged by a base impulse, and finding himself in
-contact with Fabian, he has waited for an opportunity in which he could
-assume the part of the offended. This scoundrel ought to be a clever
-duellist.”
-
-“Yes,” replied I. “He has already had three or four encounters of the
-kind.”
-
-“My dear sir,” said the Captain, “it is not the duel in itself which I
-fear for Fabian. Captain Mac Elwin is one of those who never trouble
-themselves about danger, but it is the result of this engagement which
-is to be dreaded. If Fabian were to kill this man, however vile he may
-be, it would place an impossible barrier between Ellen and himself, and
-Heaven knows, the unhappy woman needs a support, like Fabian, in the
-state she now is.”
-
-“True,” said I; “whatever happens we can but hope that Harry Drake will
-fall. Justice is on our side.”
-
-“Certainly,” replied the Captain, “but one cannot help feeling
-distressed to think that even at the risk of my own life I could not
-have spared Fabian this.”
-
-“Captain,” said I, taking the hand of this devoted friend, “Drake has
-not sent his seconds yet, so that, although circumstances are against
-us, I do not despair.”
-
-“Do you know any means of preventing the duel?”
-
-“None at present; at the same time, if the meeting must take place, it
-seems to me that it can only do so in America, and before we get there,
-chance, which has brought about this state of things, will, perhaps,
-turn the scales in our favour.”
-
-Captain Corsican shook his head like a man who had no faith in the
-efficacy of chance in human affairs. At this moment Fabian went up the
-stairs leading to the deck. I only saw him for a moment, but I was
-struck by the deadly pallor of his face. The wound had been reopened,
-and it was sad to see him wandering aimlessly about, trying to avoid us.
-
-Even friendship may be troublesome at times, and Corsican and I thought
-it better to respect his grief rather than interfere with him. But
-suddenly Fabian turned, and coming towards us, said,—
-
-“The mad woman, was she! It was Ellen, was it not? Poor Ellen!”
-
-He was still doubtful, and went away without waiting for an answer,
-which we had not the courage to give.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVIII.
-
-
-At noon, Drake had not sent Fabian his seconds to my knowledge, and
-these were preliminaries which could not be dispensed with, if Drake
-determined to demand immediate satisfaction. Might we not take hope from
-this delay? I knew that the Saxon race do not regard a debt of honour as
-we do, and that duels had almost disappeared from English customs, for,
-as I have already said, not only is there a severe law against
-duellists, but, moreover, the public opinion is strongly averse to them.
-At the same time, in this, which was an uncommon case, the engagement
-had evidently been voluntarily sought for; the offended had, so to
-speak, provoked the offender, and my reasonings always tended to the
-same conclusion, that a meeting between Fabian and Harry Drake was
-inevitable.
-
-The deck was at this moment crowded with passengers and crew returning
-from service.
-
-At half-past twelve the observation resulted in the following note:—
-
- Lat. 40° 33´ N.
- Long. 66° 24´ W.
- Course, 214 miles.
-
-Thus the “Great Eastern” was only 348 miles from Sandy Hook Point, a
-narrow tongue of land which forms the entrance to the New York harbour;
-it would not be long before we were in American seas.
-
-I did not see Fabian in his usual place at lunch, but Drake was there,
-and although talkative, he did not appear to be quite at his ease. Was
-he trying to drown his fears in wine? I cannot say, but he indulged in
-bountiful libations with his friends. Several times I saw him leering at
-me, but insolent as he was, he dared not look me in the face. Was he
-looking for Fabian among the crowd of guests? I noticed he left the
-table abruptly before the meal was finished, and I got up immediately,
-in order to observe him, but he went to his cabin and shut himself up
-there.
-
-I went up on deck. Not a wave disturbed the calm surface of the sea, and
-the sky was unsullied by a cloud; the two mirrors mutually reflected
-their azure hue. I met Doctor Pitferge, who gave me bad news of the
-wounded sailor. The invalid was getting worse, and, in spite of the
-doctor’s assurance, it was difficult to think that he could recover.
-
-At four o’clock, a few minutes before dinner, a ship was hailed to
-larboard. The first officer told me he thought it must be the “City of
-Paris,” one of the finest steamers of the “Inman Company,” but he was
-mistaken, for the steamer coming nearer, sent us her name, which was the
-“Saxonia,” belonging to the “National Steamship Company.” For a few
-minutes the two boats came alongside, within two or three cables’ length
-of each other. The deck of the “Saxonia” was covered with passengers,
-who saluted us with loud cheers.
-
-At five o’clock another ship on the horizon, but too far off for her
-nationality to be recognized. This time it was undoubtedly the “City of
-Paris.” This meeting with ships, and the salutation between the
-Atlantic’s visitors, caused great excitement on board. One can
-understand that as there is little difference between one ship and
-another, the common danger of facing the uncertain element unites even
-strangers by a friendly bond.
-
-At six o’clock a third ship appeared, the “Philadelphia,” one of the
-Inman line, used for the transportation of emigrants from Liverpool to
-New York. We were evidently in frequented seas, and land could not be
-far off. How I longed to reach it!
-
-The “Europe,” a steamer belonging to the “Transatlantic Company,”
-carrying passengers from Havre to New York, was expected, but she did
-not come in sight, and had most likely taken a more northerly course.
-
-Night closed in about half-past seven. As the sun sank below the
-horizon, the moon grew brighter and for some time hung shining in the
-heavens. A prayer-meeting, held by Captain Anderson, interspersed with
-hymns, lasted until nine o’clock.
-
-The day passed without either Captain Corsican or myself receiving a
-visit from Drake’s seconds.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIX.
-
-
-The next day, Monday, the 8th of April, the weather was very fine. I
-found the Doctor on deck basking in the sun. He came up to me. “Ah
-well!” said he, “our poor sufferer died in the night. The doctor never
-gave him up—oh, those doctors! they never will give in. This is the
-fourth man we have lost since we left Liverpool, the fourth gone towards
-paying the ‘Great Eastern’s’ debt, and we are not at the end of our
-voyage yet.”
-
-“Poor fellow,” said I, “just as we are nearing port, and the American
-coast almost in sight. What will become of his widow and little
-children?”
-
-“Would you have it otherwise, my dear sir. It is the law, the great law!
-we must die! We must give way to others. It is my opinion we die simply
-because we are occupying a place which by rights belongs to another. Now
-can you tell me how many people will have died during my existence if I
-live to be sixty?”
-
-“I have no idea, Doctor.”
-
-“The calculation is simple enough,” resumed Dean Pitferge. “If I live
-sixty years, I shall have been in the world 21,900 days, or 525,600
-hours, or 31,536,000 minutes, or lastly, 1,892,160,000 seconds, in round
-numbers 2,000,000,000 seconds. Now in that time two thousand millions
-individuals who were in the way of their successors will have died, and
-when I have become inconvenient, I shall be put out of the way in the
-same manner, so that the long and short of the matter is to put off
-becoming inconvenient as long as possible.”
-
-The Doctor continued for some time arguing on this subject, tending to
-prove to me a very simple theory, the mortality of human creatures. I
-did not think it worth while to discuss the point with him, so I let him
-have his say. Whilst we paced backwards and forwards, the Doctor
-talking, and I listening, I noticed that the carpenters on board were
-busy repairing the battered stem. If Captain Anderson did not wish to
-arrive in New York with damages, the carpenters would have to hurry over
-their work, for the “Great Eastern” was rapidly speeding through the
-tranquil waters; this I understood from the lively demeanour of the
-young lovers, who no longer thought of counting the turns of the wheels.
-The long pistons expanded, and the enormous cylinders heaving on their
-axle-swings, looked like a great peal of bells clanging together at
-random. The wheels made eleven revolutions a minute, and the steam-ship
-went at the rate of thirteen miles an hour.
-
-At noon the officers dispensed with making an observation; they knew
-their situation by calculation, and land must be signalled before long.
-
-While I was walking on deck after lunch, Captain Corsican came up. I
-saw, from the thoughtful expression on his face, that he had something
-to tell me.
-
-“Fabian,” said he, “has received Drake’s seconds. I am to be his second,
-and he begs me to ask you if you would kindly be present on the
-occasion. He may rely on you?”
-
-“Yes, Captain; so all hope of deferring or preventing this meeting has
-vanished?”
-
-“All hope.”
-
-“But tell me, how did the quarrel arise?”
-
-“A discussion about the play was a pretext for it, nothing else. The
-fact is if Fabian was not aware who Harry Drake was, it is quite evident
-he knew Fabian, and the name of Fabian is so odious to him that he would
-gladly slay the man to whom it belongs.”
-
-“Who are Drake’s seconds?” I asked.
-
-“One of them is that actor—”
-
-“Doctor T——?”
-
-“Just so; the other is a Yankee I do not know.”
-
-“When are you to expect them?”
-
-“I am waiting for them here.”
-
-And just as he spoke I saw the seconds coming towards us. Doctor T——
-cleared his throat; he undoubtedly thought a great deal more of himself
-as the representative of a rogue. His companion, another of Drake’s
-associates, was one of those extraordinary merchants who has always for
-sale anything you may ask him to buy.
-
-Doctor T—— spoke first, after making a very emphatic bow, which Captain
-Corsican hardly condescended to acknowledge.
-
-“Gentlemen,” said Doctor T——, in a grave tone, “our friend Drake, a
-gentleman whose merit and deportment cannot fail to be appreciated by
-every one, has sent us to arrange a somewhat delicate affair with you;
-that is to say, Captain Fabian Mac Elwin, to whom we first addressed
-ourselves, referred us to you as his representative. I hope that we
-shall be able to come to an understanding between ourselves worthy the
-position of gentlemen touching the delicate object of our mission.”
-
-We made no reply, but allowed the gentleman to become embarrassed with
-his delicacy.
-
-“Gentlemen,” continued he, “there is not the remotest doubt but that
-Captain Mac Elwin is in the wrong. That gentleman has unreasonably, and
-without the slightest pretext, questioned the honour of Harry Drake’s
-proceedings in a matter of play, and without any provocation offered him
-the greatest insult a gentleman could receive.”
-
-These honeyed words made the Captain impatient, he bit his moustache,
-and could refrain speaking no longer.
-
-“Come to the point,” said he sharply to Doctor T——, whose speech he had
-interrupted, “we don’t want so many words; the affair is simple enough;
-Captain Mac Elwin raised his hand against Mr. Drake, your friend
-accepted the blow, he assumes the part of the offended, and demands
-satisfaction. He has the choice of arms. What next?”
-
-“Does Captain Mac Elwin accept the challenge?” asked the Doctor, baffled
-by Corsican’s tone.
-
-“Decidedly.”
-
-“Our friend, Harry Drake, has chosen swords.”
-
-“Very well, and where is the engagement to take place? In New York?”
-
-“No, here on board.”
-
-“On board, be it so; at what time? To-morrow morning?”
-
-“This evening at six o’clock, at the end of the upper deck, which will
-be deserted at that time.”
-
-“Very well.”
-
-Thus saying, the Captain took my arm, and turned his back on Dr. T——.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXX.
-
-
-It was no longer possible to put off the duel. Only a few hours
-separated us from the moment when Fabian and Harry Drake must meet. What
-could be the reason of this haste? How was it that Harry Drake had not
-delayed the duel until he and his enemy had disembarked? Was it because
-this ship, freighted by a French company, seemed to him the most
-favourable ground for a meeting which must be a deadly struggle? Or
-rather, might not Drake have a secret interest in freeing himself of
-Fabian before the latter could set foot on the American continent, or
-suspect the presence of Ellen on board, which he must have thought was
-unknown to all save himself? Yes, it must have been for this reason.
-
-“Little matter, after all,” said the Captain; “far better to have it
-over.”
-
-“Shall I ask Dr. Pitferge to be present at the duel as a doctor?”
-
-“Yes, it would be well to do so.”
-
-Corsican left me to go to Fabian. At this moment the bell on deck began
-tolling, and when I inquired of a steersman the reason of this unusual
-occurrence, he told me that it was for the burial of the sailor who had
-died in the night, and that the sad ceremony was about to take place.
-The sky, until now so clear, became overcast, and dark clouds loomed
-threateningly in the south.
-
-At the sound of the bell the passengers flocked to the starboard side.
-The bridges, paddle-boards, bulwarks, masts and shore-boats, hanging
-from their davits, were crowded with spectators, the officers, sailors,
-and stokers off duty, stood in ranks on deck.
-
-At two o’clock a group of sailors appeared at the far end of the upper
-deck, they had left the hospital, and were passing the rudder-engine.
-The corpse, sewn in a piece of sail and stretched on a board, with a
-cannon ball at the feet, was carried by four men. The body, covered with
-the British flag, and followed by the dead man’s comrades, slowly
-advanced into the midst of the spectators, who uncovered their heads as
-the procession passed.
-
-On their arrival at the starboard paddle-wheel, the corpse was deposited
-on a landing of a staircase which terminated at the main deck.
-
-In front of the row of spectators, standing one above the other, were
-Captain Anderson and his principal officers in full uniform. The
-Captain, holding a prayer-book in his hand, took his hat off, and for
-some minutes, during a profound silence, which not even the breeze
-interrupted, he solemnly read the prayer for the dead, every word of
-which was distinctly audible in the deathlike silence.
-
-[Illustration: THE PRAYER FOR THE DEAD.]
-
-On a sign from the Captain the body, released by the bearers, sank into
-the sea. For one moment it floated on the surface, became upright, and
-then disappeared in a circle of foam.
-
-At this moment the voice of the sailor on watch was heard crying “Land!”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXI.
-
-
-The land announced at the moment when the sea was closing over the
-corpse of the poor sailor was low-lying and of a yellow colour. This
-line of slightly elevated downs was Long Island, a great sandy bank
-enlivened with vegetation, which stretches along the American coast from
-Montauk Point to Brooklyn, adjoining New York. Several yachts were
-coasting along this island, which is covered with villas and
-pleasure-houses, the favourite resorts of the New Yorkists.
-
-Every passenger waved his hand to the land so longed for after the
-tedious voyage, which had not been exempt from painful accidents. Every
-telescope was directed towards this first specimen of the American
-continent, and each saw it under a different aspect. The Yankee beheld
-in it his mother-land; the Southerner regarded these northern lands with
-a kind of scorn, the scorn of the conquered for the conqueror; the
-Canadian looked upon it as a man who had only one step to take to call
-himself a citizen of the Union; the Californian in his mind’s eye
-traversed the plains of the Far West, and crossing the Rocky Mountains
-had already set foot on their inexhaustible mines. The Mormonite, with
-elevated brow and scornful lip, hardly noticed these shores, but peered
-beyond to where stood the City of the Saints on the borders of Salt
-Lake, in the far-off deserts. As for the young lovers, this continent
-was to them the Promised Land.
-
-In the meanwhile the sky was growing more and more threatening. A dark
-line of clouds gathered in the zenith, and a suffocating heat penetrated
-the atmosphere as though a July sun was shining directly above us.
-
-“Would you like me to astonish you?” said the Doctor, who had joined me
-on the gangway.
-
-“Astonish me, Doctor?”
-
-“Well, then, we shall have a storm, perhaps a thunder-storm, before the
-day is over.”
-
-“A thunder-storm in the month of April!” I cried.
-
-“The ‘Great Eastern’ does not trouble herself about seasons,” replied
-Dean Pitferge, shrugging his shoulders. “It is a tempest called forth
-expressly on her account. Look at the threatening aspect of those clouds
-which cover the sky; they look like antediluvian animals, and before
-long they will devour each other.”
-
-“I confess,” said I, “the sky looks stormy, and were it three months
-later I should be of your opinion, but not at this time of year.”
-
-“I tell you,” replied the Doctor, growing animated, “the storm will
-burst out before many hours are past. I feel it like a barometer. Look
-at those vapours rising in a mass, observe that cirrus, those mares’
-tails which are blending together, and those thick circles which
-surround the horizon. Soon there will be a rapid condensing of vapour,
-which will consequently produce electricity. Besides the mercury has
-suddenly fallen, and the prevailing wind is south-west, the only one
-which can brew a storm in winter.”
-
-“Your observations may be very true, Doctor,” said I, not willing to
-yield, “but who has ever witnessed a thunder-storm at this season, and
-in this latitude?”
-
-“We have proof, sir, we have proof on record. Mild winters are often
-marked by storms. You ought only to have lived in 1772, or even in 1824,
-and you would have heard the roaring of the thunder, in the first
-instance in February, and in the second in December. In the month of
-January, 1837, a thunder-bolt fell near Drammen in Norway, and did
-considerable mischief. Last year, in the month of February,
-fishing-smacks from Tréport were struck by lightning. If I had time to
-consult statistics I would soon put you to silence.”
-
-“Well, Doctor, since you will have it so, we shall soon see. At any
-rate, you are not afraid of thunder?”
-
-“Not I,” replied the Doctor. “The thunder is my friend; better still, it
-is my doctor.”
-
-“Your doctor?”
-
-“Most certainly. I was struck by lightning in my bed on the 13th July,
-1867, at Kew, near London, and it cured me of paralysis in my right arm,
-when the doctors had given up the case as hopeless.”
-
-“You must be joking.”
-
-“Not at all. It is an economical treatment by electricity. My dear sir,
-there are many very authentic facts which prove that thunder surpasses
-the most skilful physicians, and its intervention is truly marvellous in
-apparently hopeless cases.”
-
-“Nevertheless,” said I, “I have little trust in your doctor, and would
-not willingly consult him.”
-
-“Because you have never seen him at work. Stay; here is an instance
-which I have heard of as occurring in 1817. A peasant in Connecticut,
-who was suffering from asthma, supposed to be incurable, was struck by
-lightning in a field, and radically cured.”
-
-In fact I believe the Doctor would have been capable of making the
-thunder into pills.
-
-“Laugh, ignoramus!” said he to me. “You know nothing either of the
-weather or medicine!”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXII.
-
-
-Dean Pitferge left me, but I remained on deck, watching the storm rise.
-Corsican was still closeted with Fabian, who was undoubtedly making some
-arrangements in case of misfortune. I then remembered that he had a
-sister in New York, and I shuddered at the thought that perhaps we
-should have to carry to her the news of her brother’s death. I should
-like to have seen Fabian, but I thought it better not to disturb either
-him or Captain Corsican.
-
-[Illustration: I REMAINED ON DECK WATCHING THE STORM RISE.]
-
-At four o’clock we came in sight of land stretching before Long Island.
-It was Fire Island. In the centre rose a lighthouse, which shone over
-the surrounding land. The passengers again invaded the upper decks and
-bridges. All eyes were strained towards the coast, distant about six
-miles. They were waiting for the moment when the arrival of the pilot
-should settle the great pool business. It may be thought that those who
-had night quarters, and I was of the number, had given up all
-pretensions, and that those with the day quarters, except those included
-between four and six o’clock, had no longer any chance. Before night the
-pilot would come on board and settle this affair, so that all the
-interest was now concentrated in the seven or eight persons to whom fate
-had attributed the next quarters. The latter were taking advantage of
-their good luck—selling, buying, and reselling their chances, bartering
-with such energy one might almost have fancied oneself in the Royal
-Exchange.
-
-At sixteen minutes past four a small schooner, bearing towards the
-steam-ship, was signalled to starboard. There was no longer any possible
-doubt of its being the pilot’s boat, and he would be on board in
-fourteen or fifteen minutes at the most. The struggle was now between
-the possessors of the second and third quarters from four to five
-o’clock. Demands and offers were made with renewed vivacity. Then absurd
-wagers were laid even on the pilot’s person, the tenor of which I have
-faithfully given.
-
-“Ten dollars that the pilot is married.”
-
-“Twenty that he is a widower.”
-
-“Thirty dollars that he has a moustache.”
-
-“Sixty that he has a wart on his nose.”
-
-“A hundred dollars that he will step on board with his right foot
-first.”
-
-“He will smoke.”
-
-“He will have a pipe in his mouth.”
-
-“No! a cigar.”
-
-“No!” “Yes!” “No!”
-
-And twenty other wagers quite as ridiculous, which found those more
-absurd still to accept them.
-
-[Illustration: A SMALL SCHOONER WAS SIGNALLED TO STARBOARD.]
-
-In the meanwhile the little schooner was sensibly approaching the
-steam-ship, and we could distinguish her graceful proportions. These
-charming little pilot-boats, of about fifty or sixty tons, are good
-sea-boats, skimming over the water like sea-gulls. The schooner,
-gracefully inclined, was bearing windward in spite of the breeze, which
-had begun to freshen. Her mast and foresails stood out clearly against
-the dark background of clouds, and the sea foamed beneath her bows. When
-at two cables’ length from the “Great Eastern,” she suddenly veered and
-launched a shore-boat. Captain Anderson gave orders to heave-to, and for
-the first time during a fortnight the wheels of the screw were
-motionless. A man got into the boat, which four sailors quickly pulled
-to the steam-ship. A rope-ladder was thrown over the side of the giant
-down to the pilot in his little nutshell, which the latter caught, and,
-skilfully climbing, sprang on deck.
-
-He was received with joyous cries by the winners, and exclamations of
-disappointment from the losers. The pool was regulated by the following
-statements:—
-
-“The pilot was married.”
-
-“He had no wart on his nose.”
-
-“He had a light moustache.”
-
-“He had jumped on board with both feet.”
-
-“Lastly, it was thirty-six minutes past four o’clock when he set foot on
-the deck of the ‘Great Eastern.’”
-
-The possessor of the thirty-third quarter thus gained the ninety-six
-dollars, and it was Captain Corsican, who had hardly thought of the
-unexpected gain. It was not long before he appeared on deck, and when
-the pool was presented to him, he begged Captain Anderson to keep it for
-the widow of the young sailor whose death had been caused by the inroad
-of the sea. The Captain shook his hand without saying a word, but a
-moment afterwards a sailor came up to Corsican, and, bowing awkwardly,
-“Sir,” said he, “my mates have sent me to say that you are a very kind
-gentleman, and they all thank you in the name of poor Wilson, who cannot
-thank you for himself.”
-
-The Captain, moved by the rough sailor’s speech, silently pressed his
-hand.
-
-As for the pilot, he was a man of short stature, with not much of the
-sailor-look about him. He wore a glazed hat, black trousers, a brown
-overcoat lined with red, and carried an umbrella. He was master on board
-now.
-
-In springing on deck, before he went to the bridge, he had thrown a
-bundle of papers among the passengers, who eagerly pounced on them. They
-were European and American journals—the political and civil bonds which
-again united the “Great Eastern” to the two continents.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXIII.
-
-
-The storm was gathering, and a black arch of clouds had formed over our
-heads; the atmosphere was misty; nature was evidently about to justify
-Dr. Pitferge’s presentiments. The steam-ship had slackened her speed,
-and the wheels only made three or four revolutions a minute; volumes of
-white steam escaped from the half-open valves, the anchor-chains were
-cleared, and the British flag floated from the main-mast; these
-arrangements Captain Anderson had made preparatory to mooring. The
-pilot, standing on the top of the starboard paddle, guided the
-steam-ship through the narrow passages; but the tide was already
-turning, so that the “Great Eastern” could not yet cross the bar of the
-Hudson, and we must wait till next day.
-
-At a quarter to five by the pilot’s order the anchors were let go; the
-chains rattled through the hawse-holes with a noise like thunder. I even
-thought for a moment that the storm had burst forth. When the anchors
-were firmly embedded in the sand, the “Great Eastern” swung round by the
-ebb tide, remained motionless, and not a wave disturbed the surface of
-the water.
-
-At this moment the steward’s trumpet sounded for the last time; it
-called the passengers to their farewell dinner. The “Society of
-Freighters” would be prodigal with the champagne, and no one wished to
-be absent. An hour later the saloons were crowded with guests, and the
-deck deserted.
-
-However, seven persons left their places unoccupied; the two
-adversaries, who were going to stake their lives in a duel, the four
-seconds, and the Doctor, who was to be present at the engagement. The
-time and the place for the meeting had been well chosen; there was not a
-creature on deck; the passengers were in the dining-rooms, the sailors
-in their berths, the officers absorbed with their own particular
-bottles, and not a steersman on board, for the ship was motionless at
-anchor.
-
-At ten minutes past five the Doctor and I were joined by Fabian and
-Captain Corsican. I had not seen Fabian since the scene in the
-smoking-room. He seemed to me sad, but very calm. The thought of the
-duel troubled him little, apparently; his mind was elsewhere, and his
-eyes wandered restlessly in search of Ellen. He held out his hand to me
-without saying a word.
-
-“Has not Harry Drake arrived?” asked the Captain of me.
-
-“Not yet,” I replied.
-
-“Let us go to the stern; that is the place of rendezvous.”
-
-Fabian, Captain Corsican, and I, walked along the upper decks; the sky
-was growing dark; we heard the distant roar of thunder rumbling along
-the horizon. It was like a monotonous bass, enlivened by the hips and
-hurrahs issuing from the saloons; flashes of lightning darted through
-the black clouds, and the atmosphere was powerfully charged with
-electricity.
-
-At twenty minutes past five Harry Drake and his seconds made their
-appearance. The gentlemen bowed to us, which honour we strictly
-returned. Drake did not utter a word, but his face showed signs of
-ill-concealed excitement. He cast a look of malignant hatred on Fabian;
-but the latter, leaning against the hatchway, did not even see him; so
-absorbed was he in a profound meditation, he seemed not yet to have
-thought of the part he was to play in this drama.
-
-In the meanwhile Captain Corsican, addressing himself to the Yankee, one
-of Drake’s seconds, asked him for the swords, which the latter presented
-to him. They were battle swords, the basket-hilts of which entirely
-protected the hand which held them. Corsican took them, bent, and
-measured them, and then allowed the Yankee to choose. Whilst these
-preparations were being made, Harry Drake had taken off his hat and
-jacket, unbuttoned his shirt, and turned up his sleeves; then he seized
-his sword, and I saw that he was left-handed, which gave him, accustomed
-to right-handed antagonists, an unquestionable advantage.
-
-Fabian had not yet left the place where he was standing. One would have
-thought that these preparations had nothing to do with him. Captain
-Corsican went up to him, touched him, and showed him the sword. Fabian
-looked at the glittering steel, and it seemed as if his memory came back
-to him at that moment.
-
-He grasped his sword with a firm hand.
-
-“Right!” he murmured; “I remember!”
-
-Then he placed himself opposite Harry Drake, who immediately assumed the
-defensive.
-
-“Proceed, gentlemen,” said the Captain.
-
-They immediately crossed swords. From the first clashing of steel,
-several rapid passes on both sides, certain extrications, parries, and
-thrusts proved to me the equality in strength of the opponents. I
-augured well for Fabian. He was cool, self-possessed, and almost
-indifferent to the struggle; certainly less affected by it than were his
-own seconds. Harry Drake, on the contrary, scowled at him with flashing
-eyes and clenched teeth, his head bent forward, and his whole
-countenance indicative of a hatred which deprived him of all composure.
-He had come there to kill, and kill he would.
-
-After the first engagement, which lasted some minutes, swords were
-lowered. With the exception of a slight scratch on Fabian’s arm, neither
-of the combatants had been wounded. They rested, and Drake wiped off the
-perspiration with which his face was bathed.
-
-The storm now burst forth in all its fury. The thunder was continuous,
-and broke out in loud deafening reports; the atmosphere was charged with
-electricity to such an extent that the swords were gilded with luminous
-crests, like lightning conductors in the midst of thunder clouds.
-
-After a few moments’ rest, Corsican again gave the signal to proceed,
-and Fabian and Harry Drake again fell to work.
-
-This time the fight was much more animated; Fabian defending himself
-with astounding calmness, Drake madly attacking him. Several times I
-expected a stroke from Fabian, which was not even attempted.
-
-Suddenly, after some quick passes, Drake made a rapid stroke. I thought
-that Fabian must have been struck in the chest, but, warding off the
-blow, he struck Harry Drake’s sword smartly. The latter raised and
-covered himself by a swift semi-circle; whilst the lightning rent the
-clouds overhead.
-
-Suddenly, and without anything to explain this strange surrender of
-himself, Fabian dropped his sword. Had he been mortally wounded without
-our noticing it? The blood rushed wildly to my heart. Fabian’s eyes had
-grown singularly animated.
-
-“Defend yourself,” roared Drake, drawing himself up like a tiger ready
-to spring on to his prey.
-
-I thought that it was all over with Fabian, disarmed as he was. Corsican
-threw himself between him and his enemy, to prevent the latter from
-striking a defenceless man; but now Harry Drake in his turn stood
-motionless.
-
-I turned, and saw Ellen, pale as death, her hands stretched out, coming
-towards the duellists. Fabian, fascinated by this apparition, remained
-perfectly still.
-
-“You! you!” cried Harry Drake to Ellen; “you here!”
-
-[Illustration: I TURNED, AND SAW ELLEN, PALE AS DEATH.]
-
-His uplifted blade gleamed as though on fire; one might have said it was
-the sword of the archangel Michael in the hands of a demon.
-
-Suddenly a brilliant flash of lightning lit up the whole stern. I was
-almost knocked down, and felt suffocated, for the air was filled with
-sulphur; but by a powerful effort I regained my senses.
-
-I had fallen on one knee, but I got up and looked around. Ellen was
-leaning on Fabian. Harry Drake seemed petrified, and remained in the
-same position, but his face had grown black.
-
-Had the unhappy man been struck when attracting the lightning with his
-blade?
-
-Ellen left Fabian, and went up to Drake with her face full of holy
-compassion. She placed her hand on his shoulder; even this light touch
-was enough to disturb the equilibrium, and Drake fell to the ground a
-corpse.
-
-Ellen bent over the body, whilst we drew back terrified. The wretched
-Harry Drake was dead.
-
-“Struck by lightning,” said Dean Pitferge, catching hold of my arm.
-“Struck by lightning! Ah! will you not now believe in the intervention
-of thunder?”
-
-Had Harry Drake indeed been struck by lightning as Dean Pitferge
-affirmed, or rather, as the doctor on board said, had a blood-vessel
-broken in his chest? I can only say there was nothing now but a corpse
-before our eyes.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXIV.
-
-
-The next day, Tuesday, the 9th of April, the “Great Eastern” weighed
-anchor, and set sail to enter the Hudson, the pilot guiding her with an
-unerring eye. The storm had spent itself in the night, and the last
-black clouds disappeared below the horizon. The aspect of the sea was
-enlivened by a flotilla of schooners, waiting along the coast for the
-breeze.
-
-A small steamer came alongside, and we were boarded by the officer of
-the New York sanitary commissioners.
-
-It was not long before we passed the light-boat which marks the channels
-of the Hudson, and ranged near Sandy Hook Point, where a group of
-spectators greeted us with a volley of hurrahs.
-
-When the “Great Eastern” had gone round the interior bay formed by Sandy
-Hook Point, through the flotilla of fishing-smacks, I caught a glimpse
-of the verdant heights of New Jersey, the enormous forts on the bay,
-then the low line of the great city stretching between the Hudson and
-East river.
-
-In another hour, after having ranged opposite the New York quays, the
-“Great Eastern” was moored in the Hudson, and the anchors became
-entangled in the submarine cable, which must necessarily be broken on
-her departure.
-
-Then began the disembarkation of all my fellow-voyagers whom I should
-never see again: Californians, Southerners, Mormonites, and the young
-lovers. I was waiting for Fabian and Corsican.
-
-I had been obliged to inform Captain Anderson of the incidents relating
-to the duel which had taken place on board. The doctors made their
-report, and nothing whatever having been found wrong in the death of
-Harry Drake, orders were given that the last duties might be rendered to
-him on land.
-
-At this moment Cockburn, the statistician, who had not spoken to me the
-whole of the voyage, came up and said,—
-
-“Do you know, sir, how many turns the wheels have made during our
-passage?”
-
-“I do not, sir.”
-
-“One hundred thousand, seven hundred and twenty-three.”
-
-“Ah! really sir, and the screw?”
-
-“Six hundred and eight thousand, one hundred and thirty.”
-
-“I am much obliged to you, sir, for the information.”
-
-And the statistician left me without any farewell whatever.
-
-Fabian and Corsican joined me at this moment. Fabian pressed my hand
-warmly.
-
-“Ellen,” said he to me, “Ellen will recover. Her reason came back to her
-for a moment. Ah! God is just, and He will restore her wholly to us.”
-
-Whilst thus speaking, Fabian smiled as he thought of the future. As for
-Captain Corsican, he kissed me heartily without any ceremony.
-
-“Good-bye, good-bye, we shall see you again,” he cried to me, when he
-had taken his place in the tender where were Fabian and Ellen, under the
-care of Mrs. R——, Captain Mac Elwin’s sister, who had come to meet her
-brother.
-
-Then the tender sheered off, taking the first convoy of passengers to
-the Custom House pier.
-
-I watched them as they went farther and farther away, and, seeing Ellen
-sitting between Fabian and his sister, I could not doubt that care,
-devotion, and love would restore to this poor mind the reason of which
-grief had robbed it.
-
-Just then some one took hold of my arm, and I knew it was Dr. Pitferge.
-
-“Well,” said he, “and what is going to become of you?”
-
-“My idea was, Doctor, since the ‘Great Eastern’ remains a hundred and
-ninety-two hours at New York, and as I must return with her, to spend
-the hundred and ninety-two hours in America. Certainly it is but a week,
-but a week well spent is, perhaps, long enough to see New York, the
-Hudson, the Mohawk Valley, Lake Erie, Niagara, and all the country made
-familiar by Cooper.”
-
-“Ah! you are going to the Niagara!” cried Dean Pitferge. “I’ll declare I
-should not be sorry to see it again, and if my proposal does not seem
-very disagreeable to you—”
-
-The worthy Doctor amused me with his crotchets. I had taken a fancy to
-him, and here was a well-instructed guide placed at my service.
-
-“That’s settled, then,” said I to him.
-
-A quarter of an hour later we embarked on the tender and at three
-o’clock were comfortably lodged in two rooms of Fifth Avenue Hotel.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXV.
-
-
-A week to spend in America! The “Great Eastern” was to set sail on the
-16th of April, and it was now the 9th, and three o’clock in the
-afternoon, when I set foot on the land of the Union. A week! There are
-furious tourists and express travellers who would probably find this
-time enough to visit the whole of North America; but I had no such
-pretention, not even to visit New York thoroughly, and to write, after
-this extra rapid inspection, a book on the manners and customs of the
-Americans. But the constitution and physical aspect of New York is soon
-seen; it is hardly more varied than a chess-board. The streets, cut at
-right angles, are called avenues when they are straight, and streets
-when irregular. The numbers on the principal thoroughfares are a very
-practical but monotonous arrangement. American cars run through all the
-avenues. Any one who has seen one quarter of New York knows the whole of
-the great city, except, perhaps, that intricacy of streets and confused
-alleys appropriated by the commercial population.
-
-New York is built on a tongue of land, and all its activity is centred
-on the end of that tongue; on either side extend the Hudson and East
-River, arms of the sea, in fact, on which ships are seen and ferry-boats
-ply, connecting the town on the right hand with Brooklyn, and on the
-left with the shores of New Jersey.
-
-A single artery intersects the symmetrical quarters of New York, and
-that is old Broadway, the Strand of London, and the Boulevard Montmartre
-of Paris; hardly passable at its lower end, where it is crowded with
-people, and almost deserted higher up; a street where sheds and marble
-palaces are huddled together; a stream of carriages, omnibusses, cabs,
-drays, and waggons, with the pavement for its banks, across which a
-bridge has been thrown for the traffic of foot passengers. Broadway is
-New York, and it was there that the Doctor and I walked until evening.
-
-After having dined at Fifth Avenue Hotel, I ended my day’s work by going
-to the Barnum Theatre, where they were acting a play called “New York
-Streets,” which attracted a large audience. In the fourth Act there was
-a fire, and real fire-engines, worked by real firemen; hence the “great
-attraction.”
-
-The next morning I left the Doctor to his own affairs, and agreed to
-meet him at the hotel at two o’clock. My first proceeding was to go to
-the Post Office, 51, Liberty Street, to get any letters awaiting me
-there; then I went to No. 2, Bowling Green, at the bottom of Broadway,
-the residence of the French consul, M. le Baron Gauldrée Boilleau, who
-received me very kindly. From here I made my way to cash a draft at
-Hoffman’s; lastly, I went to No. 25, Thirty-sixth Street, where resided
-Mrs. R——, Fabian’s sister. I was impatient to get news of Ellen and my
-two friends; and here I learnt that, following the Doctor’s advice, Mrs.
-R——, Fabian, and Corsican had left New York, taking with them the young
-lady, thinking that the air and quiet of the country might have a
-beneficial effect on her. A line from Captain Corsican informed me of
-this sudden departure. The kind fellow had been to Fifth Avenue Hotel
-without meeting me, but he promised to keep me acquainted with their
-whereabouts. They thought of stopping at the first place that attracted
-Ellen’s attention, and, staying there as long as the charm lasted; he
-hoped that I should not leave without bidding them a last farewell. Yes,
-were it but for a few hours, I should be happy to see Ellen, Fabian, and
-Corsican once again. But such are the drawbacks of travelling, hurried
-as I was, they gone and I going, each our separate ways, it seemed
-hardly likely I should see them again.
-
-At two o’clock I returned to the hotel, and found the Doctor in the
-bar-room, which was full of people. It is a public hall, where
-travellers and passers-by mingled together, finding gratis iced-water,
-biscuits, and cheese.
-
-“Well, Doctor,” said I, “when shall we start?”
-
-“At six o’clock this evening.”
-
-“Shall we take the Hudson railroad?”
-
-“No; the ‘St. John;’ a wonderful steamer, another world—a ‘Great
-Eastern’ of the river, one of those admirable locomotive engines which
-go along with a will. I should have preferred showing you the Hudson by
-daylight, but the ‘St. John’ only goes at night. To-morrow, at five
-o’clock in the morning, we shall be at Albany. At six o’clock we shall
-take the New York Central Railroad, and in the evening we shall sup at
-Niagara Falls.”
-
-I did not discuss the Doctor’s programme, but accepted it willingly.
-
-The hotel lift hoisted us to our rooms, and some minutes later we
-descended with our tourist knapsacks. A fly took us in a quarter of an
-hour to the pier on the Hudson, before which was the “St. John,” the
-chimneys of which were already crowned with wreaths of smoke.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXVI.
-
-
-The “St. John,” and its sister ship, the “Dean Richmond,” are two of the
-finest steam-ships on the river. They are buildings rather than boats;
-terraces rise one above another, with galleries and verandahs. One would
-almost have thought it was a gardener’s floating plantation. There are
-twenty flag-staffs, fastened with iron tressings, which consolidate the
-whole building. The two enormous paddle-boxes are painted _al fresco_,
-like the tympans in the Church of St. Mark, at Venice. Behind each wheel
-rises the chimney of the two boilers, the latter placed outside, instead
-of in the hull of the steam-ship, a good precaution in case of
-explosion. In the centre, between the paddles, is the machinery, which
-is very simple, consisting only of a single cylinder, a piston worked by
-a long cross-beam, which rises and falls like the monstrous hammer of a
-forge, and a single crank, communicating the movement to the axles of
-the massive wheels.
-
-Passengers were already crowding on to the deck of the “St. John.” Dean
-Pitferge and I went to secure a cabin; we got one which opened into an
-immense saloon, a kind of gallery with a vaulted ceiling, supported by a
-succession of Corinthian pillars. Comfort and luxury everywhere,
-carpets, sofas, ottomans, paintings, mirrors, even gas, made in a small
-gasometer on board.
-
-At this moment the gigantic engine trembled and began to work. I went on
-to the upper terraces. At the stern was a gaily painted house, which was
-the steersman’s room, where four strong men stood at the spokes of the
-double rudder-wheel. After walking about for a few minutes, I went down
-on to the deck, between the already heated boilers, from which light
-blue flames were issuing. Of the Hudson I could see nothing. Night came,
-and with it a fog thick enough to be cut. The “St. John” snorted in the
-gloom like a true mastodon; we could hardly catch a glimpse of the
-lights of the towns scattered along the banks of the river, or the
-lanterns of ships ascending the dark water with shrill whistles.
-
-At eight o’clock I went into the saloon. The Doctor took me to have
-supper at a magnificent restaurant placed between the decks, where we
-were served by an army of black waiters. Dean Pitferge informed me that
-the number of passengers on board was more than four thousand, reckoning
-fifteen hundred emigrants stowed away in the lower part of the
-steam-ship. Supper finished, we retired to our comfortable cabin.
-
-At eleven o’clock I was aroused by a slight shock. The “St. John” had
-stopped. The captain, finding it impossible to proceed in the darkness,
-had given orders to heave-to, and the enormous boat, moored in the
-channel, slept tranquilly at anchor.
-
-At four o’clock in the morning the “St. John” resumed her course. I got
-up and went out under one of the verandahs. The rain had ceased, the fog
-cleared off, the water appeared, then the shores; the right bank, dotted
-with green trees and shrubs, which gave it the appearance of a long
-cemetery; in the background rose high hills, closing in the horizon by a
-graceful line; the left bank, on the contrary, was flat and marshy.
-
-[Illustration: THE FOG CLEARED OFF.]
-
-Dr. Pitferge had just joined me under the verandah.
-
-“Good morning, friend,” said he, after having drawn a good breath of
-air; “do you know we shall not be at Albany in time to catch the train,
-thanks to that wretched fog. This will modify my programme.”
-
-“So much the worse, Doctor, for we must be economical with our time.”
-
-“Right; we may expect to reach Niagara Falls at night instead of in the
-evening. That is not my fault, but we must be resigned.”
-
-The “St. John,” in fact, did not moor off the Albany quay before eight
-o’clock. The train had left, so we were obliged to wait till half-past
-one. In consequence of this delay we were able to visit the curious old
-city, which forms the legislative centre of the State of New York: the
-lower town, commercial and thickly populated, on the right bank of the
-Hudson, and the high town, with its brick houses, public buildings, and
-its very remarkable museum of fossils. One might almost have thought it
-a large quarter of New York transported to the side of this hill, up
-which it rises in the shape of an amphitheatre.
-
-At one o’clock, after having breakfasted, we went to the station, which
-was without any barrier or officials. The train simply stopped in the
-middle of the street, like an omnibus; one could get up and down at
-pleasure. The cars communicate with each other by bridges, which allow
-the traveller to go from one end of the train to the other. At the
-appointed time, without seeing either a guard or a porter, without a
-bell, without any warning, the brisk locomotive, a real gem of
-workmanship, started, and we were whirled away at the speed of fifty
-miles an hour. But instead of being boxed up, as one is in European
-trains, we were at liberty to walk about, buy newspapers and books,
-without waiting for stations. Refreshment buffets, bookstalls,
-everything was at hand for the traveller. We were now crossing fields
-without fences, and forests newly cleared, at the risk of a collision
-with the felled trees; through new towns, seamed with rails, but still
-wanting in houses; through cities adorned with the most poetic names of
-ancient literature—Rome, Syracuse, and Palmyra. It was thus the Mohawk
-Valley, the land of Fenimore, which belongs to the American novelist, as
-does the land of Rob Roy to Walter Scott, glided before our eyes. For a
-moment Lake Ontario, which Cooper has made the scene of action of his
-master-work, sparkled on the horizon. All this theatre of the grand
-epopee of Leather Stocking, formerly a savage country, is now a
-civilized land. The Doctor did not appreciate the change, for he
-persisted in calling me Hawk’s Eye, and would only answer to the name of
-Chingachgook.
-
-At eleven o’clock at night we changed trains at Rochester; the spray
-from the Tennessee cascades fell over the cars in showers. At two
-o’clock in the morning, after having kept alongside the Niagara for
-several leagues without seeing it, we arrived at the village of Niagara
-Falls, and the Doctor conducted me to a magnificent hotel, grandly named
-“Cataract House.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXVII.
-
-
-The Niagara is not a stream, not even a river; it is simply a weir
-sluice, a canal thirty-six miles long, which empties the waters of the
-Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron, and Erie into the Ontario. The
-difference in the level of these last two lakes is three hundred and
-forty feet; this difference uniformly proportioned the whole of the
-width would hardly have created a “rapid;” but the Falls alone absorb
-half the difference in level, whence their formidable power.
-
-This Niagarine trench separates the United States from Canada. Its right
-bank is American and its left English; on one side policemen, on the
-other not the shadow of one.
-
-On the morning of the 12th of April, at break of day, the Doctor and I
-walked down the wide street of Niagara Falls, which is the name of the
-village situated on the banks of the Falls. It is a kind of small
-watering-place, three hundred miles from Albany, built in a healthy and
-charming situation, provided with sumptuous hotels and comfortable
-villas, which the Yankees and Canadians frequent in the season. The
-weather was magnificent, the sun warmed the cold atmosphere, a dull,
-distant roar was heard, and I saw vapours on the horizon which could not
-be clouds.
-
-“Is that the Fall?” I asked of the Doctor.
-
-“Patience!” replied Pitferge.
-
-In a few minutes we were on the banks of the Niagara. The river was
-flowing peacefully along; it was clear, and not deep, with numerous
-projections of grey rock emerging here and there. The roar of the
-cataract grew louder and louder, but as yet we could not see it. A
-wooden bridge, supported by iron arches, united the left bank to an
-island in the midst of the current; on to this bridge the Doctor led me.
-Above, stretched the river as far as the eye could reach; down the
-stream, that is to say on our right, the first unevenness of a rapid was
-noticeable; then, at half a mile from the bridge, the earth suddenly
-gave way, and clouds of spray filled the air. This was the American
-fall, which we could not see. Beyond, on the Canadian side, lay a
-peaceful country, with hills, villas, and bare trees.
-
-“don’t look! don’t look!” cried the Doctor to me; “reserve yourself,
-shut your eyes, and do not open them until I tell you!”
-
-I hardly listened to my original, but continued to look. The bridge
-crossed, we set foot on the island known as Goat Island. It is a piece
-of land of about seventy acres, covered with trees, and intersected with
-lovely avenues with carriage drives. It is like a bouquet thrown between
-the American and Canadian Falls, separated from the shore by a distance
-of three hundred yards. We ran under the great trees, climbed the
-slopes, and went down the steps; the thundering roar of the falls was
-redoubled, and the air saturated with spray.
-
-“Look!” cried the Doctor.
-
-Coming from behind a mass of rock, the Niagara appeared in all its
-splendour. At this spot it meets with a sharp angle of land, and falling
-round it, forms the Canadian cascade, called the “Horse-shoe Fall,”
-which falls from a height of one hundred and fifty-eight feet, and is
-two miles broad.
-
-[Illustration: NATURE HAS COMBINED EVERYTHING TO ASTONISH THE EYE]
-
-In this, one of the most beautiful spots in the world, Nature has
-combined everything to astonish the eye. The fall of the Niagara
-singularly favours the effects of light and shade; the sunbeams falling
-on the water, capriciously diversify the colour; and those who have seen
-this effect, must admit that it is without parallel. In fact, near Goat
-Island the foam is white; it is then a fall of snow, or a heap of melted
-silver, pouring into the abyss. In the centre of the cataract the colour
-of the water is a most beautiful sea-green, which indicates its depth,
-so that the “Detroit,” a ship drawing twenty feet and launched on the
-current, was able to descend the falls without grazing. Towards the
-Canadian shore the whirlpool, on the contrary, looks like metal shining
-beneath the luminous rays, and it is melted gold which is now poured
-into the gulf. Below, the river is invisible from the vapours which rise
-over it. I caught glimpses, however, of enormous blocks of ice
-accumulated by the cold of winter; they take the form of monsters,
-which, with open jaws, hourly absorb the hundred millions of tons poured
-into them by the inexhaustible Niagara. Half a mile below the cataract
-the river again became tranquil, and presented a smooth surface, which
-the winds of April had not yet been able to ruffle.
-
-“And now for the middle of the torrent,” said the Doctor to me.
-
-I could not imagine what the Doctor meant by those words, until he
-pointed to a tower built on the edge of a rock some hundred feet from
-the shore, almost overhanging the precipice. This monument, raised in
-1833, by a certain audacious being, one Judge Porter, is called the
-“Terrapin Tower.”
-
-We went down the steps of Goat Island, and, coming to the height of the
-upper course of the Niagara, I saw a bridge, or rather some planks,
-thrown from one rock to the other, which united the tower with the banks
-of the river. The bridge was but a few feet from the abyss, and below it
-roared the torrent. We ventured on these planks, and in a few minutes
-reached the rock which supported Terrapin Tower. This round tower,
-forty-five feet in height, is built of stone, with a circular balcony at
-its summit, and a roof covered with red stucco. The winding staircase,
-on which thousands of names are cut, is wooden. Once at the top of the
-tower, there is nothing to do but cling to the balcony and look.
-
-The tower is in the midst of the cataract. From its summit the eye
-plunges into the depths of the abyss, and peers into the very jaws of
-the ice monsters, as they swallow the torrent. One feels the rock
-tremble which supports it. It is impossible to hear anything but the
-roaring of the surging water. The spray rises to the top of the
-monument, and splendid rainbows are formed by the sun shining on the
-vapourized water.
-
-By a simple optical illusion, the tower seems to move with a frightful
-rapidity, but, happily, in the opposite direction to the fall, for, with
-the contrary illusion, it would be impossible to look at the gulf from
-giddiness.
-
-Breathless and shivering, we went for a moment inside the top landing of
-the tower, and it was then that the Doctor took the opportunity of
-saying to me,—
-
-“This Terrapin Tower, my dear sir, will some day fall into the abyss,
-and perhaps sooner than is expected.”
-
-“Ah! indeed!”
-
-“There is no doubt about it. The great Canadian Fall recedes insensibly,
-but still, it recedes. The tower, when it was first built in 1833, was
-much farther from the cataract. Geologists say that the fall, in the
-space of thirty-five thousand years, will be found at Queenstown, seven
-miles up the stream. According to Mr. Bakewell, it recedes a yard in a
-year; but according to Sir Charles Lyell one foot only. The time will
-come when the rock which supports the tower, worn away by the water,
-will glide down the Falls of the cataract. Well, my dear sir, remember
-this: the day when the Terrapin Tower falls, there will be some
-eccentrics who will descend the Niagara with it.”
-
-I looked at the Doctor, as if to ask him if he would be of that number,
-but he signed for me to follow him, and we went out again to look at the
-“Horse-shoe Fall,” and the surrounding country. We could now distinguish
-the American Fall, slightly curtailed and separated by a projection of
-the island, where there is another small central cataract one hundred
-feet wide; the American cascade, equally fine, falls perpendicularly.
-Its height is one hundred and sixty-four feet. But in order to have a
-good view of it it is necessary to stand facing it, on the Canadian
-side.
-
-All day we wandered on the banks of the Niagara, irresistibly drawn back
-to the tower, where the roar of the water, the spray, the sunlight
-playing on the vapours, the excitement, and the briny odour of the
-cataract, holds you in a perpetual ecstasy. Then we went back to Goat
-Island to get the Fall from every point of view, without ever being
-wearied of looking at it. The Doctor would have taken me to see the
-“Grotto of Winds,” hollowed out underneath the central Fall, but access
-to it was not allowed, on account of the frequent falling away of the
-rocks.
-
-At five o’clock we went back to the hotel, and after a hasty dinner,
-served in the American fashion, we returned to Goat Island. The Doctor
-wished to go and see the “Three Sisters,” charming little islets
-scattered at the head of the island; then, with the return of evening,
-he led me back to the tottering rock of Terrapin Tower.
-
-The last rays of the setting sun had disappeared behind the grey hills,
-and the moon shed her soft clear light over the landscape. The shadow of
-the tower stretched across the abyss; farther down the stream the water
-glided silently along, crowned with a light mist. The Canadian shore,
-already plunged in darkness, contrasted vividly with the moon-lit banks
-of Goat Island, and the village of Niagara Falls. Below us, the gulf,
-magnified by the uncertain light, looked like a bottomless abyss, in
-which roared the formidable torrent. What effect! What artist could ever
-depict such a scene, either with the pen or paint-brush? For some
-minutes a moving light appeared on the horizon; it was the signal light
-of a train crossing the Niagara bridge at a distance of two miles from
-us. Here we remained silent and motionless on the top of the tower until
-midnight, leaning over the waters which possessed such a fascination.
-Once, when the moon-beams caught the liquid dust at a certain angle, I
-had a glimpse of a milky band of transparent ribbon trembling in the
-shadows. It was a lunar rainbow, a pale irradiation of the queen of the
-night, whose soft light was refracted through the mist of the cataract.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXVIII.
-
-
-The next day, the 13th of April, the Doctor’s programme announced a
-visit to the Canadian shore. We had only to follow the heights of the
-bank of the Niagara for two miles to reach the suspension bridge. We
-started at seven o’clock in the morning. From the winding path on the
-right bank we could see the tranquil waters of the river, which no
-longer felt the perturbation of its fall.
-
-At half-past seven we reached the suspension bridge. It is the bridge,
-on which the Great Western and New York Central Railroads meet, and the
-only one which gives access to Canada on the confines of the State of
-New York. This suspension bridge is formed of two platforms; the upper
-one for trains, and the lower for carriages and pedestrians. Imagination
-seems to lose itself in contemplating this stupendous work. This
-viaduct, over which trains can pass, suspended at a height of two
-hundred and fifty feet above the Niagara, again transformed into a rapid
-at this spot. This suspension bridge, built by John A. Roebling, of
-Trenton (New Jersey), is eight hundred feet long, and twenty-four wide;
-the iron props fastened to the shore prevent it from swinging; the
-chains which support it, formed of four thousand wires, are ten inches
-in diameter, and can bear a weight of twelve thousand four hundred tons.
-The bridge itself weighs but eight hundred tons, and cost five hundred
-thousand dollars. Just as we reached the centre a train passed over our
-heads, and we felt the platform bend under its weight.
-
-It is a little below this bridge that Blondin crossed the Niagara, on a
-rope stretched from one shore to the other, and not, as is generally
-supposed, across the falls. However, the undertaking was none the less
-perilous; but if Blondin astonished us by his daring, what must we think
-of his friend who accompanied him, riding on his back during this aerial
-promenade?
-
-“Perhaps he was a glutton,” said the Doctor, “and Blondin made wonderful
-omelets on his tight-rope.”
-
-We were now on Canadian ground, and we walked up the left bank of the
-Niagara, in order to see the Falls under a new aspect. Half an hour
-later we reached the English hotel, where the Doctor ordered our
-breakfast, whilst I glanced through the “Travellers’ Book,” where
-figured several thousand names: among the most celebrated I noticed the
-following:—Robert Peel, Lady Franklin, Comte de Paris, Duc de Chartres,
-Prince de Joinville, Louis Napoleon (1846), Prince and Princess
-Napoleon, Barnum (with his address), Maurice Sand (1865), Agassis
-(1854), Almonte, Prince Hohenlohe, Rothschild, Bertin (Paris), Lady
-Elgin, Burkhardt (1832), &c.
-
-“And now let us go under the Falls,” said the Doctor to me, when we had
-finished breakfast.
-
-I followed Dean Pitferge. A negro conducted us to the dressing-room,
-where we were provided with waterproof trousers, macintoshes, and glazed
-hats. Thus equipped, our guide led us down a slippery path, obstructed
-by sharp-edged stones, to the lower level of the Niagara. Then we passed
-behind the great fall through clouds of spray, the cataract falling
-before us like the curtain of a theatre before the actors. But what a
-theatre! Soaked, blinded, deafened, we could neither see nor hear in
-this cavern as hermetically closed by the liquid sheets of the cataract
-as though Nature had sealed it in by a wall of granite.
-
-[Illustration: THE CATARACT FALLING BEFORE US.]
-
-At nine o’clock we returned to the hotel, where they relieved us of our
-streaming clothes. Going back again to the bank, I uttered a cry of
-surprise and joy,—
-
-“Captain Corsican!”
-
-The Captain heard, and came towards me.
-
-“You here!” he cried; “what a pleasure to see you again!”
-
-“And Fabian? and Ellen?” I asked, shaking both his hands.
-
-“They are here, and going on as well as possible; Fabian full of hope,
-almost merry; and our poor Ellen little by little regaining reason.”
-
-“But how is it that I meet you at the Niagara?”
-
-“The Niagara,” repeated Corsican. “Well, it is the principal resort of
-English and Americans in the warm months. They come here to breathe, to
-be cured by the sublime spectacle of the Falls. Our Ellen seemed to be
-struck at first sight by this glorious scenery, and we have come to stay
-on the banks of the Niagara. You see that villa, ‘Clifton House,’ in the
-midst of those trees, half way up the hill; that is where we all live,
-with Mrs. R——, Fabian’s sister, who is devoted to our poor friend.”
-
-“Has Ellen recognized Fabian?” I asked.
-
-“No, not yet,” replied the Captain. “You are aware, however, that at the
-moment when Drake was struck dead, Ellen had a brief interval of
-consciousness. Her reason became clear in the gloom which surrounded
-her, but this did not last long. At the same time, since we brought her
-to breathe this fresh air in this quiet place, the doctor has discovered
-a sensible improvement in her condition. She is calm, her sleep is
-tranquil, but there is a look in her eyes as though she were trying to
-think of something past or present.”
-
-“Ah, my dear friend!” cried I, “you will cure her; but where are Fabian
-and his betrothed?”
-
-“Look!” said Corsican, and he pointed towards the shore of the Niagara.
-
-In the direction indicated by the Captain I saw Fabian, who had not yet
-noticed us. He was standing on a rock, and a few feet in front of him
-sat Ellen perfectly motionless, Fabian watching her all the time. This
-spot on the left bank is known by the name of “Table Rock.” It is a kind
-of rocky promontory jutting out into the river, which roars at a
-distance of four hundred feet below. Formerly it was more extensive, but
-the crumbling away of large pieces of rock has now reduced it to a
-surface a few yards square.
-
-Ellen seemed absorbed in speechless ecstasy. From this place the aspect
-of the Falls is “most sublime,” as say the guides, and they are right.
-It gives a view of two cataracts; on the right the “Canadian Fall,” the
-crest of which, crowned with vapours, shuts in the horizon on one side,
-like the horizon of the sea. In front is the “American Fall,” and above,
-the elegant village of Niagara Falls, half hidden in the trees; on the
-left, the whole perspective of the river flowing rapidly between its
-high banks, and below the torrent struggling against the overthrown
-icebergs.
-
-Corsican, the Doctor, and I went towards Table Rock, but I did not want
-to disturb Fabian. Ellen was as motionless as a statue. What impression
-was this scene making on her mind? Was reason gradually coming back to
-her under the influence of the grand spectacle? Suddenly I saw Fabian
-step towards her. Ellen had risen quickly, and was going near to the
-abyss, with her arms extended towards the gulf; but all at once she
-stopped, and passed her hand rapidly across her forehead, as if she
-would drive away some thought. Fabian, pale as death, but
-self-possessed, with one bound placed himself between Ellen and the
-chasm; the latter shook back her fair hair, and her graceful figure
-staggered. Did she see Fabian? No. One would have said it was a dead
-person coming back to being, and looking round for life!
-
-Captain Corsican and I dared not move, although, being so near the
-abyss, we dreaded some catastrophe; but the Doctor kept us back.
-
-“Let Fabian alone,” said he.
-
-I heard the sobs which escaped from the young woman’s heaving breast,
-the inarticulate words which came from her lips; she seemed as though
-she were trying to speak, but could not. At last she uttered these
-words:—
-
-“My God! my God! where am I, where am I?”
-
-She was conscious that some one was near her, for she half turned round,
-and her whole face seemed transfigured. There was a new light in her
-eyes, as she saw Fabian, trembling and speechless, standing before her
-with outstretched arms.
-
-[Illustration: “FABIAN! FABIAN!” CRIED SHE, “AT LAST.”]
-
-“Fabian! Fabian!” cried she, at last.
-
-Fabian caught her in his arms, where she fell in an unconscious state.
-He uttered a piercing cry, thinking that Ellen was dead, but the Doctor
-interposed.
-
-“Don’t be alarmed,” said he; “this crisis, on the contrary, will be the
-means of saving her!”
-
-Ellen was carried to Clifton House and put to bed, where she recovered
-consciousness and slept peacefully.
-
-Fabian, encouraged by the Doctor, was full of hope. Ellen had recognized
-him! Coming back to us, he said to me,—
-
-“We shall save her, we shall save her! Every day I watch her coming back
-to life. To-day, to-morrow, perhaps she will be restored to me. Ah! the
-just God be praised! We will stay here as long as it is necessary for
-her, shall we not, Archibald?”
-
-The Captain clasped Fabian in his arms; then the latter turned to the
-Doctor and me. He loaded us with thanks, and inspired us with the hope
-which filled his breast, and never was there better reason for
-hope—Ellen’s recovery was near at hand.
-
-But we must be starting, and there was hardly an hour for us to reach
-Niagara Falls. Ellen was still sleeping when we left our dear friends.
-Fabian and Corsican bid us a last farewell, after having promised we
-should have news of Ellen by telegram, and at noon we left Clifton
-House.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXXIX.
-
-
-Some minutes later we were descending a long flight of steps on the
-Canadian side, which led to the banks of the river, covered with huge
-sheets of ice. Here a boat was waiting to take us to “America.” One
-passenger had already taken his place in it. He was an engineer from
-Kentucky, and acquainted the Doctor with his name and profession. We
-embarked without loss of time, and by dint of steering, so as to avoid
-the blocks of ice, reached the middle of the river, where the current
-offered a clear passage. From here we had a last view of the magnificent
-Niagara cataract. Our companion observed it with a thoughtful air.
-
-“Is it not grand, sir? Is it not magnificent?” said I to him.
-
-“Yes,” replied he; “but what a waste of mechanical force, and what a
-mill might be turned with such a fall as that!”
-
-Never did I feel more inclined to pitch an engineer into the water!
-
-On the other bank a small and almost vertical railroad, worked by a rope
-on the American side, hoisted us to the top. At half-past one we took
-the express, which put us down at Buffalo at a quarter past two. After
-visiting this large new town, and tasting the water of Lake Erie, we
-again took the New York Central Railway at six o’clock in the evening.
-The next day, on leaving the comfortable beds of a “sleeping car,” we
-found ourselves at Albany, and the Hudson Railroad, which runs along the
-left bank of the river, brought us to New York a few hours later.
-
-The next day, the 15th of April, in company with the indefatigable
-Doctor, I went over the city, East River, and Brooklyn. In the evening I
-bade farewell to the good Dean Pitferge, and I felt, in leaving him,
-that I left a friend.
-
-Tuesday, the 16th of April, was the day fixed for the departure of the
-“Great Eastern.” At eleven o’clock I went to Thirty-seventh pier, where
-the tender was to await the passengers. It was already filled with
-people and luggage when I embarked. Just as the tender was leaving the
-quay some one caught hold of my arm, and turning round I saw Dr.
-Pitferge.
-
-“You!” I cried; “and are you going back to Europe?”
-
-“Yes, my dear sir.”
-
-“By the ‘Great Eastern’?”
-
-“Undoubtedly,” replied the amiable original, smiling; “I have considered
-the matter, and have come to the conclusion that I must go. Only think,
-this may be the ‘Great Eastern’s’ _last voyage; the one which she will
-never complete_.”
-
-The bell for departure had rung, when one of the waiters from Fifth
-Avenue Hotel came running up to me, and put a telegram into my hands,
-dated from Niagara Falls:—“Ellen has awakened; her reason has entirely
-returned to her,” said Captain Corsican, “and the doctor has every hope
-of her recovery.”
-
-I communicated this good news to Dean Pitferge.
-
-“Every hope for her indeed! every hope!” said my fellow-traveller, in a
-sarcastic tone. “I also have every hope for her, but what good does that
-do? Any one may have great hopes for you, for me, for all of us, but at
-the same time he may be just as much wrong as right.”...
-
-Twelve days later we reached Brest, and the day following Paris. The
-return passage was made without any misfortune, to the great displeasure
-of Dean Pitferge, who always expected to see the great ship wrecked.
-
-And now, when I am sitting at my own table, if I had not my daily notes
-before me, I should think that the “Great Eastern,” that floating city
-in which I lived for a month, the meeting of Ellen and Fabian, the
-peerless Niagara, all these were the visions of a dream. Ah! how
-delightful is travelling, “even when one does return,” in spite of what
-the Doctor may say to the contrary.
-
-For eight months I heard nothing of my original, but one day the post
-brought me a letter, covered with many-coloured stamps, which began with
-these words:—
-
-“On board the ‘Corinquay,’ Auckland Rocks. At last we have been
-shipwrecked.”
-
-And ended thus:—
-
-“Was never in better health.”
-
- “Very heartily yours,
- DEAN PITFERGE.”
-
-
-
-
- END OF “A FLOATING CITY.”
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- THE BLOCKADE RUNNERS.
-
- -------
-
-
-
-
- Table of contents
-
- Chapter Title Page
- Chapter I. The “Dolphin.” 197
- Chapter II. Getting under sail. 206
- Chapter III. 215
- Chapter IV. Crockston’s trick. 225
- Chapter V. The shot from the “Iroquois,” and 235
- miss Jenny’s arguments.
- Chapter VI. Sullivan Island channel. 244
- Chapter VII. A southern general. 252
- Chapter VIII. The escape. 260
- Chapter IX. Between two fires. 273
- Chapter X. St. Mungo. 284
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER I.
- THE “DOLPHIN.”
-
-
-The Clyde was the first river whose waters were lashed into foam by a
-steam-boat. It was in 1812, when the steamer called the “Comet” ran
-between Glasgow and Greenock, at the speed of six miles an hour. Since
-that time more than a million of steamers or packet-boats have plied
-this Scotch river, and the inhabitants of Glasgow must be as familiar as
-any people with the wonders of steam navigation.
-
-However, on the 3rd of December, 1862, an immense crowd, composed of
-ship-owners, merchants, manufacturers, workmen, sailors, women, and
-children, thronged the muddy streets of Glasgow, all going in the
-direction of Kelvin Dock, the large ship-building premises belonging to
-Messrs. Tod and Mac Gregor. This last name especially proves that the
-descendants of the famous Highlanders have become manufacturers, and
-that they have made workmen of all the vassals of the old clan
-chieftains.
-
-Kelvin Dock is situated a few minutes’ walk from the town, on the right
-bank of the Clyde. Soon the immense timber-yards were thronged with
-spectators; not a part of the quay, not a wall of the wharf, not a
-factory roof, showed an unoccupied place; the river itself was covered
-with craft of all descriptions, and the heights of Govan, on the left
-bank, swarmed with spectators.
-
-There was, however, nothing extraordinary in the event about to take
-place; it was nothing but the launching of a ship, and this was an
-every-day affair with the people of Glasgow. Had the “Dolphin,” then—for
-that was the name of the ship built by Messrs. Tod and Mac Gregor—some
-special peculiarity? To tell the truth it had none.
-
-It was a large ship, about 1500 tons, in which everything combined to
-obtain superior speed. Her engines, of 500 horse-power, were from the
-workshops of Lancefield Forge; they worked two screws, one on either
-side the stern-post, completely independent of each other. As for the
-depth of water the “Dolphin” would draw, it must be very inconsiderable;
-connoisseurs were not deceived, and they concluded rightly that this
-ship was destined for shallow straits. But all these particulars could
-not in any way justify the eagerness of the people: taken altogether the
-“Dolphin” was nothing more or less than an ordinary ship. Would her
-launching present some mechanical difficulty to be overcome? Not any
-more than usual. The Clyde had received many a ship of heavier tonnage,
-and the launching of the “Dolphin” would take place in the usual manner.
-
-In fact, when the water was calm, the moment the ebb-tide set in, the
-workmen began to operate. Their mallets kept perfect time falling on the
-wedges meant to raise the ship’s keel: soon a shudder ran through the
-whole of her massive structure; although she had only been slightly
-raised, one could see that she shook, and then gradually began to glide
-down the well-greased wedges, and in a few moments she plunged into the
-Clyde. Her stern struck the muddy bed of the river, then she raised
-herself on the top of a gigantic wave, and, carried forward by her
-start, would have been dashed against the quay of the Govan
-timber-yards, if her anchors had not restrained her.
-
-[Illustration: SHE PLUNGED INTO THE CLYDE.]
-
-The launch had been perfectly successful, the “Dolphin” swayed quietly
-on the waters of the Clyde, all the spectators clapped their hands when
-she took possession of her natural element, and loud hurrahs arose from
-either bank.
-
-But wherefore these cries and this applause? Undoubtedly the most eager
-of the spectators would have been at a loss to explain the reason of his
-enthusiasm. What was the cause, then, of the lively interest excited by
-this ship? Simply the mystery which shrouded her destination; it was not
-known to what kind of commerce she was to be appropriated, and in
-questioning different groups the diversity of opinion on this important
-subject was indeed astonishing.
-
-However, the best informed, at least those who pretended to be so,
-agreed in saying that the steamer was going to take part in the terrible
-war which was then ravaging the United States of America, but more than
-this they did not know, and whether the “Dolphin” was a privateer, a
-transport ship, or an addition to the Federal marine, was what no one
-could tell.
-
-“Hurrah!” cried one, affirming that the “Dolphin” had been built for the
-Southern States.
-
-“Hip! hip! hip!” cried another, swearing that never had a faster boat
-crossed to the American coasts.
-
-Thus its destination was unknown, and in order to obtain any reliable
-information one must be an intimate friend, or, at any rate, an
-acquaintance of Vincent Playfair and Co., of Glasgow.
-
-A rich, powerful, intelligent house of business was that of Vincent
-Playfair and Co., in a social sense, an old and honourable family,
-descended from those tobacco lords who built the finest quarters of the
-town. These clever merchants, by an act of the Union, had founded the
-first Glasgow warehouse for dealing in tobacco from Virginia and
-Maryland. Immense fortunes were realized; mills and foundries sprang up
-in all parts, and in a few years the prosperity of the city attained its
-height.
-
-The house of Playfair remained faithful to the enterprising spirit of
-its ancestors, it entered into the most daring schemes, and maintained
-the honour of English commerce. The principal, Vincent Playfair, a man
-of fifty, with a temperament essentially practical and decided, although
-somewhat daring, was a genuine shipowner. Nothing affected him beyond
-commercial questions, not even the political side of the transactions,
-otherwise he was a perfectly loyal and honest man.
-
-However, he could not lay claim to the idea of building and fitting up
-the “Dolphin;” she belonged to his nephew, James Playfair, a fine young
-man of thirty, the boldest skipper of the British merchant marine.
-
-It was one day at the Tontine coffee-room under the arcades of the
-Town-hall, that James Playfair, after having impatiently scanned the
-American journal, disclosed to his uncle an adventurous scheme.
-
-“Uncle Vincent,” said he, coming to the point at once, “there are two
-millions of pounds to be gained in less than a month.”
-
-“And what to risk?” asked Uncle Vincent.
-
-“A ship and a cargo.”
-
-“Nothing else?”
-
-“Nothing, except the crew and the captain, and that does not reckon for
-much.”
-
-“Let us see,” said Uncle Vincent.
-
-“It is all seen,” replied James Playfair. “You have read the _Tribune_,
-the _New York Herald_, the _Times_, the _Richmond Inquirer_, the
-_American Review_?”
-
-“Scores of times, nephew.”
-
-“You believe, like me, that the war of the United States will last a
-long time still?”
-
-“A very long time.”
-
-“You know how much this struggle will affect the interests of England,
-and especially those of Glasgow?”
-
-“And more especially still the house of Playfair and Co.,” replied Uncle
-Vincent.
-
-“Theirs especially,” added the young Captain.
-
-“I worry myself about it every day, James, and I cannot think without
-terror of the commercial disasters which this war may produce; not but
-that the house of Playfair is firmly established, nephew; at the same
-time it has correspondents which may fail. Ah! those Americans,
-slave-holders or abolitionists, I have no faith in them!”
-
-If Vincent Playfair was wrong in thus speaking with respect to the great
-principles of humanity, always and everywhere superior to personal
-interests, he was, nevertheless, right in a commercial point of view.
-The most important material was failing at Glasgow, the cotton famine
-became every day more threatening, thousands of workmen were reduced to
-live upon public charity. Glasgow possessed 25,000 looms, by which
-625,000 yards of cotton were spun daily; that is to say, fifty millions
-of pounds yearly. From these numbers it may be guessed what disturbances
-were caused in the commercial part of the town, when the raw material
-failed altogether. Failures were hourly taking place, the manufactories
-were closed, and the workmen were dying of starvation.
-
-It was the sight of this great misery which had put the idea of his bold
-enterprise into James Playfair’s head.
-
-“I will go for cotton, and will get it, cost what it may.”
-
-But as he also was a merchant as well as his uncle Vincent, he resolved
-to carry out his plan by way of exchange, and to make his proposition
-under the guise of a commercial enterprise.
-
-“Uncle Vincent,” said he, “this is my idea.”
-
-“Well, James?”
-
-“It is simply this; we will have a ship built of superior sailing
-qualities and great bulk.”
-
-“That is quite possible.”
-
-“We will load her with ammunition of war, provisions, and clothes.”
-
-“Just so.”
-
-“I will take the command of this steamer, I will defy all the ships of
-the Federal marine for speed, and I will run the blockade of one of the
-southern ports.”
-
-“You must make a good bargain for your cargo with the Confederates, who
-will be in need of it,” said his uncle.
-
-“And I shall return laden with cotton.”
-
-“Which they will give you for nothing.”
-
-“As you say, uncle. Will it answer?”
-
-“It will; but shall you be able to get there?”
-
-“I shall, if I have a good ship.”
-
-“One can be made on purpose. But the crew?”
-
-“Oh, I will find them. I do not want many men; enough to work with, that
-is all. It is not a question of fighting with the Federals, but
-distancing them.”
-
-“They shall be distanced,” said uncle Vincent, in a peremptory tone;
-“but now, tell me, James, to what port of the American coast do you
-think of going?”
-
-“Up to now, uncle, ships have run the blockade of New Orleans,
-Wilmington, and Savannah, but I think of going straight to Charleston;
-no English boat has yet been able to penetrate into the harbour, except
-the ‘Bermuda.’ I will do like her, and if my ship draws but very little
-water, I shall be able to go where the Federalists will not be able to
-follow.”
-
-“The fact is,” said Uncle Vincent, “Charleston is overwhelmed with
-cotton; they are even burning it to get rid of it.”
-
-“Yes,” replied James; “besides, the town is almost invested, Beauregard
-is running short of provisions, and he will pay me a golden price for my
-cargo!”
-
-“Well, nephew! and when will you start?”
-
-“In six months; I must have the long winter nights to aid me.”
-
-“It shall be as you wish, nephew.”
-
-“It is settled, then, uncle?”
-
-“Settled!”
-
-“Shall it be kept quiet?”
-
-“Yes; better so.”
-
-And this is how it was that five months later the steamer “Dolphin” was
-launched from the Kelvin Dock timber-yards, and no one knew her real
-destination.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II.
- “GETTING UNDER SAIL.”
-
-
-The “Dolphin” was rapidly equipped, her rigging was ready, and there was
-nothing to do but fit her up. She carried three schooner-masts, an
-almost useless luxury; in fact, the “Dolphin” did not rely on the wind
-to escape the Federalists, but rather on her powerful engines.
-
-Towards the end of December a trial of the steamer was made in the gulf
-of the Clyde. Which was the most satisfied, builder or captain, it is
-impossible to say. The new steamer shot along wonderfully, and the
-patent log showed a speed of seventeen miles an hour, a speed which as
-yet no English, French, or American boat had ever obtained. The
-“Dolphin” would certainly have gained by several lengths in a sailing
-match with the fastest opponent.
-
-The loading was begun on the 25th of December, the steamer having ranged
-along the steamboat-quay a little below Glasgow Bridge, the last which
-stretches across the Clyde before its mouth. Here the wharfs were heaped
-with a heavy cargo of clothes, ammunition, and provisions, which were
-rapidly carried to the hold of the “Dolphin.” The nature of this cargo
-betrayed the mysterious destination of the ship, and the house of
-Playfair could no longer keep it secret; besides, the “Dolphin” must not
-be long before she started. No American cruiser had been signalled in
-English waters; and, then, when the question of getting the crew came,
-how was it possible to keep silent any longer? They could not embark
-them even, without informing the men whither they were bound, for, after
-all, it was a matter of life and death, and when one risks one’s life,
-at least it is satisfactory to know how and wherefore.
-
-However, this prospect hindered no one; the pay was good, and every one
-had a share in the speculation, so that a great number of the finest
-sailors soon presented themselves. James Playfair was only embarrassed
-which to choose, but he chose well, and in twenty-four hours his
-muster-roll bore the names of thirty sailors, who would have done honour
-to her Majesty’s yacht.
-
-The departure was settled for the 3rd of January; on the 31st of
-December the “Dolphin” was ready, her hold full of ammunition and
-provisions, and nothing was keeping her now.
-
-The skipper went on board on the 2nd of January, and was giving a last
-look round his ship with a Captain’s eye, when a man presented himself
-at the fore part of the “Dolphin,” and asked to speak with the Captain.
-One of the sailors led him on to the poop.
-
-He was a strong, hearty-looking fellow, with broad shoulders and ruddy
-face, the simple expression of which ill concealed a depth of wit and
-mirth. He did not seem to be accustomed to a seafaring life and looked
-about him with the air of a man little used to being on board a ship;
-however, he assumed the manner of a Jack-tar, looking up at the rigging
-of the “Dolphin,” and waddling in true sailor fashion.
-
-When he had reached the Captain, he looked fixedly at him and said,
-“Captain James Playfair?”
-
-“The same,” replied the skipper. “What do you want with me?”
-
-“To join your ship.”
-
-“There is no room; the crew is already complete.”
-
-“Oh, one man, more or less, will not be in the way; quite the contrary.”
-
-“You think so?” said James Playfair, giving a sidelong glance at his
-questioner.
-
-“I am sure of it,” replied the sailor.
-
-“But who are you?” asked the Captain.
-
-“A rough sailor, with two strong arms, which, I can tell you, are not to
-be despised on board a ship, and which I now have the honour of putting
-at your service.”
-
-“But there are other ships besides the ‘Dolphin,’ and other captains
-besides James Playfair. Why do you come here?”
-
-“Because it is on board the ‘Dolphin’ that I wish to serve, and under
-the orders of Captain James Playfair.”
-
-“I do not want you.”
-
-“There is always need of a strong man, and if to prove my strength you
-will try me with three or four of the strongest fellows of your crew, I
-am ready.”
-
-“That will do,” replied James Playfair. “And what is your name?”
-
-“Crockston, at your service.”
-
-[Illustration: “THE SAME,” REPLIED THE SKIPPER.]
-
-The Captain made a few steps backwards in order to get a better view of
-the giant, who presented himself in this odd fashion. The height, the
-build, and the look of the sailor did not deny his pretensions to
-strength.
-
-“Where have you sailed?” asked Playfair of him.
-
-“A little everywhere.”
-
-“And do you know where the ‘Dolphin’ is bound for?”
-
-“Yes; and that is what tempts me.”
-
-“Ah, well! I have no mind to let a fellow of your stamp escape me. Go
-and find the first mate, and get him to enrol you.”
-
-Having said this the Captain expected to see the man turn on his heel
-and run to the bows, but he was mistaken. Crockston did not stir.
-
-“Well! did you hear me?” asked the Captain.
-
-“Yes, but it is not all,” replied the sailor, “I have something else to
-ask you.”
-
-“Ah! You are wasting my time,” replied James sharply; “I have not a
-moment to lose in talking.”
-
-“I shall not keep you long,” replied Crockston, “two words more and that
-is all; I was going to tell you that I have a nephew.”
-
-“He has a fine uncle, then,” interrupted James Playfair.
-
-“Hah! Hah!” laughed Crockston.
-
-“Have you finished?” asked the Captain, very impatiently.
-
-“Well, this is what I have to say, when one takes the uncle, the nephew
-comes into the bargain.”
-
-“Ah! indeed!”
-
-“Yes, that is the custom, the one does not go without the other.”
-
-“And what is this nephew of yours?”
-
-“A lad of fifteen whom I am going to train to the sea; he is willing to
-learn, and will make a fine sailor some day.”
-
-“How now, Master Crockston,” cried James Playfair; “do you think the
-‘Dolphin’ is a training-school for cabin-boys?”
-
-“Don’t let us speak ill of cabin-boys; there was one of them who became
-Admiral Nelson, and another Admiral Franklin.”
-
-“Upon my honour, friend,” replied James Playfair, “you have a way of
-speaking which I like; bring your nephew, but if I don’t find the uncle
-the hearty fellow he pretends to be, he will have some business with me.
-Go, and be back in an hour.”
-
-Crockston did not want to be told twice; he bowed awkwardly to the
-Captain of the “Dolphin,” and went on to the quay. An hour afterwards he
-came on board with his nephew, a boy of fourteen or fifteen, rather
-delicate and weakly-looking, with a timid and astonished air, which
-showed that he did not possess his uncle’s self-possession and vigorous
-corporeal qualities. Crockston was even obliged to encourage him by such
-words as these:—
-
-“Come,” said he, “don’t be frightened, they are not going to eat us,
-besides there is yet time to return.”
-
-“No, no,” replied the young man, “and may God protect us!”
-
-The same day the sailor Crockston and his nephew were inscribed in the
-muster-roll of the “Dolphin.”
-
-The next morning, at five o’clock, the fires of the steamer were well
-fed, the deck trembled under the vibrations of the boiler, and the steam
-rushed hissing through the escape-pipes. The hour of departure had
-arrived.
-
-A considerable crowd in spite of the early hour flocked on the quays and
-on Glasgow Bridge, they had come to salute the bold steamer for the last
-time. Vincent Playfair was there to say good-bye to Captain James, but
-he conducted himself on this occasion like a Roman of the good old
-times. His was a heroic countenance, and the two loud kisses with which
-he gratified his nephew were the indication of a strong mind.
-
-“Go, James,” said he to the young Captain, “go quickly, and come back
-quicker still; above all, don’t abuse your position. Sell at a good
-price, make a good bargain, and you will have your uncle’s esteem.”
-
-On this recommendation, borrowed from the manual of the perfect
-merchant, the uncle and nephew separated, and all the visitors left the
-boat.
-
-At this moment Crockston and John Stiggs stood together on the
-forecastle, while the former remarked to his nephew, “This is well, this
-is well; before two o’clock we shall be at sea, and I have a good
-opinion of a voyage which begins like this.”
-
-For reply the novice pressed Crockston’s hand.
-
-James Playfair then gave the orders for departure.
-
-“Have we pressure on?” he asked of his mate.
-
-“Yes, Captain,” replied Mr. Mathew.
-
-“Well, then, weigh anchor.”
-
-This was immediately done, and the screws began to move. The “Dolphin”
-trembled, passed between the ships in the port, and soon disappeared
-from the sight of the people, who shouted their last hurrahs.
-
-[Illustration: AND SOON DISAPPEARED.]
-
-The descent of the Clyde was easily accomplished, one might almost say
-that this river had been made by the hand of man, and even by the hand
-of a master. For sixty years, thanks to the dredges and constant
-dragging it has gained fifteen feet in depth, and its breadth has been
-tripled between the quays and the town. Soon the forests of masts and
-chimneys were lost in the smoke and fog; the noise of the foundry
-hammers, and the hatchets of the timber-yards grew fainter in the
-distance. After the village of Patrick had been passed the factories
-gave way to country houses and villas. The “Dolphin,” slackening her
-speed, sailed between the dykes which carry the river above the shores,
-and often through very narrow channel, which, however, is only a small
-inconvenience for a navigable river, for, after all, depth is of more
-importance than width. The steamer, guided by one of those excellent
-pilots from the Irish sea, passed without hesitation between floating
-buoys, stone columns, and _biggings_, surmounted with lighthouses, which
-mark the entrance to the channel. Beyond the town of Renfrew, at the
-foot of Kilpatrick hills, the Clyde grew wider. Then came Bouling Bay,
-at the end of which opens the mouth of the canal which joins Edinburgh
-to Glasgow. Lastly, at the height of four hundred feet from the ground,
-was seen the outline of Dumbarton Castle, almost indiscernible through
-the mists, and soon the harbour-boats of Glasgow were rocked on the
-waves which the “Dolphin” caused. Some miles farther on Greenock, the
-birthplace of James Watt, was passed: the “Dolphin” now found herself at
-the mouth of the Clyde, and at the entrance of the gulf by which it
-empties its waters into the Northern Ocean. Here the first undulations
-of the sea were felt, and the steamer ranged along the picturesque coast
-of the Isle of Arran. At last the promontory of Cantyre, which runs out
-into the channel, was doubled; the Isle of Rattelin was hailed, the
-pilot returned by a shore-boat to his cutter, which was cruising in the
-open sea; the “Dolphin” returning to her Captain’s authority, took a
-less frequented route round the north of Ireland, and soon, having lost
-sight of the last European land, found herself in the open ocean.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III.
-
-
-The “Dolphin” had a good crew, not fighting men, or boarding sailors,
-but good working men, and that was all she wanted. These brave,
-determined fellows were all, more or less, merchants; they sought a
-fortune rather than glory; they had no flag to display, no colours to
-defend with cannon; in fact all the artillery on board consisted of two
-small swivel signal-guns.
-
-The “Dolphin” shot bravely across the water, and fulfilled the utmost
-expectations of both builder and captain. Soon she passed the limit of
-British seas; there was not a ship in sight; the great Ocean route was
-free; besides no ship of the Federal marine would have a right to attack
-her beneath the English flag. Followed she might be, and prevented from
-forcing the blockade, and precisely for this reason had James Playfair
-sacrificed everything to the speed of his ship, in order not to be
-pursued.
-
-Howbeit a careful watch was kept on board, and in spite of the extreme
-cold a man was always in the rigging ready to signal the smallest sail
-that appeared on the horizon. When evening came, Captain James gave the
-most precise orders to Mr. Mathew.
-
-“Don’t leave the man on watch too long in the rigging, the cold may
-seize him, and in that case it is impossible to keep a good look-out;
-change your men often.”
-
-“I understand, Captain,” replied Mr. Mathew.
-
-“Try Crockston for that work; the fellow pretends to have excellent
-sight; it must be put to trial; put him on the morning watch, he will
-have the morning mists to see through. If anything particular happens
-call me.”
-
-This said, James Playfair went to his cabin. Mr. Mathew called
-Crockston, and told him the Captain’s orders.
-
-“To-morrow, at six o’clock,” said he, “you are to relieve watch of the
-main-masthead.”
-
-For reply, Crockston gave a decided grunt, but Mr. Mathew had hardly
-turned his back when the sailor muttered some incomprehensible words,
-and then cried,—
-
-“What on earth did he say about the main-mast?”
-
-At this moment his nephew, John Stiggs, joined him on the forecastle.
-
-“Well, my good Crockston,” said he.
-
-“It’s all right, all right,” said the seaman, with a forced smile;
-“there is only one thing, this wretched boat shakes herself like a dog
-coming out of the water, and it makes my head confused.”
-
-“Dear Crockston, and it is for my sake.”
-
-“For you and him,” replied Crockston, “but not a word about that, John;
-trust in God, and He will not forsake you.”
-
-So saying, John Stiggs and Crockston went to the sailor’s berth, but the
-sailor did not lie down before he had seen the young novice comfortably
-settled in the narrow cabin which he had got for him.
-
-The next day, at six o’clock in the morning, Crockston got up to go to
-his place; he went on deck, where the first officer ordered him to go up
-into the rigging, and keep good watch.
-
-At these words the sailor seemed undecided what to do; then making up
-his mind, he went towards the bows of the “Dolphin.”
-
-“Well, where are you off to now?” cried Mr. Mathew.
-
-“Where you sent me,” answered Crockston.
-
-“I told you to go to the main-mast.”
-
-“And I am going there,” replied the sailor, in an unconcerned tone,
-continuing his way to the poop.
-
-“Are you a fool?” cried Mr. Mathew, impatiently; “you are looking for
-the bars of the main on the fore-mast. You are like a cockney, who
-doesn’t know how to twist a cat-o’-nine-tails, or make a splice. On
-board what ship can you have been, man? The main-mast, stupid, the
-main-mast!”
-
-The sailors who had run up to hear what was going on, burst out
-laughing, when they saw Crockston’s disconcerted look, as he went back
-to the forecastle.
-
-“So,” said he, looking up the mast, the top of which was quite invisible
-through the morning mists; “so, am I to climb up here?”
-
-“Yes,” replied Mr. Mathew, “and hurry yourself! By St. Patrick a Federal
-ship would have time to get her bowsprit fast in our rigging before that
-lazy fellow could get to his post. Will you go up?”
-
-Without a word, Crockston got on the bulwarks with some difficulty; then
-he began to climb the rigging with most visible awkwardness, like a man
-who did not know how to make use of his hands or feet. When he had
-reached the top-gallant, instead of springing lightly on to it, he
-remained motionless, clinging to the ropes, as if he had been seized
-with giddiness. Mr. Mathew, irritated by his stupidity ordered him to
-come down immediately.
-
-“That fellow there,” said he to the boatswain, “has never been a sailor
-in his life. Johnston, just go and see what he has in his bundle.”
-
-The boatswain made haste to the sailor’s berth.
-
-In the meantime Crockston was with difficulty coming down again, but his
-foot having slipped, he slid down the rope he had hold of, and fell
-heavily on the deck.
-
-“Clumsy blockhead! land-lubber!” cried Mr. Mathew, by way of
-consolation. “What did you come to do on board the ‘Dolphin’! Ah! you
-entered as an able seaman, and you cannot even distinguish the main from
-the fore-mast! I shall have a little talk with you.”
-
-Crockston made no attempt to speak; he bent his back like a man resigned
-for anything he might have to bear; just then the boatswain returned.
-
-“This,” said he to the first officer, “is all that I have found; a
-suspicious portfolio with letters.”
-
-“Give them here,” said Mr. Mathew. “Letters with Federal stamps! Mr.
-Halliburtt, of Boston! An abolitionist! a Federalist! Wretch! you are
-nothing but a traitor, and have sneaked on board to betray us! Never
-mind, you will be paid for your trouble with the cat-o’-nine-tails!
-Boatswain, call the Captain, and you others, just keep an eye on that
-rogue there.”
-
-Crockston received these compliments with a hideous grimace, but he did
-not open his lips. They had fastened him to the capstan, and he could
-move neither hand nor foot.
-
-A few minutes later James Playfair came out of his cabin and went to the
-forecastle, where Mr. Mathew immediately acquainted him with the details
-of the case.
-
-“What have you to say?” asked James Playfair, scarcely able to restrain
-his anger.
-
-“Nothing,” replied Crockston.
-
-“And what did you come on board my ship for?”
-
-“Nothing.”
-
-“And what do you expect from me now?”
-
-“Nothing.”
-
-“Who are you? An American, as these letters seem to prove?”
-
-Crockston did not answer.
-
-“Boatswain,” said James Playfair, “fifty lashes with the
-cat-o’-nine-tails to loosen his tongue. Will that be enough, Crockston?”
-
-“It will remain to be seen,” replied John Stiggs’ uncle without moving a
-muscle.
-
-“Now then, come along, men,” said the boatswain.
-
-At this order, two strong sailors stripped Crockston of his woollen
-jersey; they had already seized the formidable weapon, and laid it
-across the prisoner’s shoulders, when the novice, John Stiggs, pale and
-agitated, hurried on deck.
-
-“Captain!” exclaimed he.
-
-“Ah! the nephew!” remarked James Playfair.
-
-“Captain,” repeated the novice, with a violent effort to steady his
-voice, “I will tell you what Crockston does not want to say. I will hide
-it no longer; yes, he is American, and so am I; we are both enemies of
-the slave-holders, but not traitors come on board to betray the
-‘Dolphin’ into the hands of the Federalists.”
-
-“What did you come to do, then?” asked the Captain, in a severe tone,
-examining the novice attentively. The latter hesitated a few seconds
-before replying, then he said, “Captain, I should like to speak to you
-in private.”
-
-[Illustration: “CAPTAIN!” EXCLAIMED HE.]
-
-Whilst John Stiggs made this request, James Playfair did not cease to
-look carefully at him; the sweet young face of the novice, his
-peculiarly gentle voice, the delicacy and whiteness of his hands, hardly
-disguised by paint, the large eyes, the animation of which could not
-hide their tenderness—all this together gave rise to a certain suspicion
-in the Captain’s mind. When John Stiggs had made his request, Playfair
-glanced fixedly at Crockston, who shrugged his shoulders; then he
-fastened a questioning look on the novice, which the latter could not
-withstand, and said simply to him, “Come.”
-
-John Stiggs followed the Captain on to the poop, and then James
-Playfair, opening the door of his cabin, said to the novice, whose
-cheeks were pale with emotion, “Be so kind as to walk in, miss.”
-
-John, thus addressed, blushed violently, and two tears rolled
-involuntarily down his cheeks.
-
-“Don’t be alarmed, miss,” said James Playfair, in a gentle voice, “but
-be so good as to tell me how I come to have the honour of having you on
-board?”
-
-The young girl hesitated a moment, then reassured by the Captain’s look,
-she made up her mind to speak.
-
-“Sir,” said she, “I wanted to join my father at Charleston; the town is
-besieged by land and blockaded by sea. I knew not how to get there, when
-I heard that the ‘Dolphin’ meant to force the blockade. I came on board
-your ship, and I beg you to forgive me if I acted without your consent,
-which you would have refused me.”
-
-“Certainly,” said James Playfair.
-
-“I did well, then, not to ask you,” resumed the young girl, with a
-firmer voice.
-
-The Captain crossed his arms, walked round his cabin, and then came
-back.
-
-“What is your name?” said he.
-
-“Jenny Halliburtt.”
-
-“Your father, if I remember rightly the address on the letters, is he
-not from Boston?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“And a Northerner is thus in a southern town in the thickest of the
-war?”
-
-“My father is a prisoner; he was at Charleston when the first shot of
-the Civil War was fired, and the troops of the Union driven from Fort
-Sumter by the Confederates. My father’s opinions exposed him to the
-hatred of the Slavist part, and by the order of General Beauregard he
-was imprisoned. I was then in England, living with a relation who has
-just died, and left alone with no help but that of Crockston, our
-faithful servant, I wished to go to my father and share his prison with
-him.”
-
-“What was Mr. Halliburtt, then?” asked James Playfair.
-
-“A loyal and brave journalist,” replied Jenny proudly, one of the
-noblest editors of the “Tribune,” and the one who was the boldest in
-defending the cause of the negroes.
-
-“An abolitionist,” cried the Captain angrily; “one of those men, who,
-under the vain pretence of abolishing slavery, have deluged their
-country with blood and ruin.”
-
-“Sir!” replied Jenny Halliburtt, growing pale, “you are insulting my
-father; you must not forget that I stand alone to defend him.”
-
-The young Captain blushed scarlet; anger mingled with shame struggled in
-his breast; perhaps he would have answered the young girl, but he
-succeeded in restraining himself, and opening the door of the cabin, he
-called “Boatswain!”
-
-The boatswain came to him directly.
-
-“This cabin will henceforward belong to Miss Jenny Halliburtt; have a
-cot made ready for me at the end of the poop; that’s all I want.”
-
-The boatswain looked with a stupefied stare at the young novice
-addressed in a feminine name, but on a sign from James Playfair he went
-out.
-
-“And now, miss, you are at home,” said the young Captain of the
-“Dolphin.” Then he retired.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV.
- CROCKSTON’s TRICK.
-
-
-It was not long before the whole crew knew Miss Halliburtt’s story,
-which Crockston was no longer hindered from telling. By the Captain’s
-orders he was released from the capstan, and the cat-o’-nine-tails
-returned to its place.
-
-“A pretty animal,” said Crockston, “especially when it shows its velvety
-paws.”
-
-As soon as he was free, he went down to the sailors’ berths, found a
-small portmanteau, and carried it to Miss Jenny; the young girl was now
-able to resume her feminine attire, but she remained in her cabin, and
-did not again appear on deck.
-
-As for Crockston, it was well and duly agreed that, as he was no more a
-sailor than a horse-guard, he should be exempt from all duty on board.
-
-In the meanwhile the “Dolphin,” with her twin screws cutting the waves,
-sped rapidly across the Atlantic, and there was nothing now to do but
-keep a strict look out. The day following the discovery of Miss Jenny’s
-identity, James Playfair paced the deck at the poop with a rapid step;
-he had made no attempt to see the young girl and resume the conversation
-of the day before.
-
-Whilst he was walking to and fro, Crockston passed him several times,
-looking at him askant with a satisfied grin; he evidently wanted to
-speak to the Captain, and at last his persistent manner attracted the
-attention of the latter, who said to him, somewhat impatiently,—
-
-“How now, what do you want? You are turning round me like a swimmer
-round a buoy: when are you going to leave off?”
-
-“Excuse me, Captain,” answered Crockston, winking, “I wanted to speak to
-you.”
-
-“Speak, then.”
-
-“Oh, it is nothing very much, I only wanted to tell you frankly that you
-are a good fellow at bottom.”
-
-“Why at bottom?”
-
-“At bottom and surface also.”
-
-“I don’t want your compliments.”
-
-“I am not complimenting you, I shall wait to do that when you have gone
-to the end.”
-
-“To what end?”
-
-“To the end of your task.”
-
-“Ah! I have a task to fulfil?”
-
-“Decidedly, you have taken the young girl and myself on board; good. You
-have given up your cabin to Miss Halliburtt; good. You released me from
-the cat-o’-nine-tails; nothing could be better. You are going to take us
-straight to Charleston; that’s delightful, but it is not all.”
-
-“How not all?” cried James Playfair, amazed at Crockston’s boldness.
-
-“No, certainly not,” replied the latter, with a knowing look, “the
-father is prisoner there.”
-
-“Well, what about that?”
-
-“Well, the father must be rescued.”
-
-“Rescue Miss Halliburtt’s father?”
-
-“Most certainly, and it is worth risking something for such a noble man
-and courageous citizen as he.”
-
-“Master Crockston,” said James Playfair, frowning, “I am not in the
-humour for your jokes, so have a care what you say.”
-
-“You misunderstand me, Captain,” said the American. “I am not joking in
-the least, but speaking quite seriously. What I have proposed may at
-first seem very absurd to you; when you have thought it over you will
-see that you cannot do otherwise.”
-
-“What, do you mean that I must deliver Mr. Halliburtt?”
-
-“Just so, you can demand his release of General Beauregard, who will not
-refuse you.”
-
-“But if he does refuse me?”
-
-“In that case,” replied Crockston, in a deliberate tone, “we must use
-stronger measures, and carry off the prisoner by force.”
-
-“So,” cried James Playfair, who was beginning to get angry, “so, not
-content with passing through the Federal fleets and forcing the blockade
-of Charleston, I must run out to sea again from under the cannon of the
-forts, and this to deliver a gentleman I know nothing of, one of those
-Abolitionists whom I detest, one of those journalists who shed ink
-instead of their blood!”
-
-“Oh! it is but a cannon-shot more or less!” added Crockston.
-
-“Master Crockston,” said James Playfair, “mind what I say; if ever you
-mention this affair again to me, I will send you to the hold for the
-rest of the passage, to teach you manners.”
-
-Thus saying the Captain dismissed the American, who went off murmuring,
-“Ah, well, I am not altogether displeased with this conversation: at any
-rate, the affair is broached; it will do, it will do!”
-
-James Playfair had hardly meant it when he said an Abolitionist whom I
-detest; he did not in the least side with the Federals, but he did not
-wish to admit that the question of slavery was the predominant reason
-for the civil war of the United States, in spite of President Lincoln’s
-formal declaration. Did he then think that the Southern States, eight
-out of thirty-six, were right in separating when they had been
-voluntarily united? Not so; he detested the Northerners, and that was
-all; he detested them as brothers separated from the common family—true
-Englishmen—who had thought it right to do what he, James Playfair,
-disapproved of with regard to the United States: these were the
-political opinions of the Captain of the “Dolphin.” But more than this,
-the American war interfered with him personally, and he had a grudge
-against those who had caused this war; one can understand, then, how he
-would receive a proposition to deliver an Abolitionist, thus bringing
-down on him the Confederates, with whom he pretended to do business.
-
-However, Crockston’s insinuation did not fail to disturb him, he cast
-the thought from him, but it returned unceasingly to his mind, and when
-Miss Jenny came on deck the next day for a few minutes, he dared not
-look her in the face.
-
-And really it was a great pity, for this young girl with the fair hair
-and sweet, intelligent face deserved to be looked at by a young man of
-thirty. But James felt embarrassed in her presence; he felt that this
-charming creature who had been educated in the school of misfortune
-possessed a strong and generous soul; he understood that his silence
-towards her inferred a refusal to acquiesce in her dearest wishes;
-besides, Miss Jenny never looked out for James Playfair, neither did she
-avoid him. Thus for the first few days they spoke little or not at all
-to each other. Miss Halliburtt scarcely ever left her cabin, and it is
-certain she would never have addressed herself to the Captain of the
-“Dolphin” if it had not been for Crockston’s strategy, which brought
-both parties together.
-
-The worthy American was a faithful servant of the Halliburtt family, he
-had been brought up in his master’s house and his devotion knew no
-bounds. His good sense equalled his courage and energy, and, as has been
-seen, he had a way of looking things straight in the face. He was very
-seldom discouraged, and could generally find a way out of the most
-intricate dangers with a wonderful skill.
-
-This honest fellow had taken it into his head to deliver Mr. Halliburtt,
-to employ the Captain’s ship, and the Captain himself for this purpose,
-and to return with him to England. Such was his intention, so long as
-the young girl had no other object than to rejoin her father and share
-his captivity. It was this Crockston tried to make the Captain
-understand, as we have seen, but the enemy had not yet surrendered, on
-the contrary.
-
-“Now,” said he, “it is absolutely necessary that Miss Jenny and the
-Captain come to an understanding; if they are going to be sulky like
-this all the passage we shall get nothing done: they must speak,
-discuss; let them dispute even, so long as they talk, and I’ll be hanged
-if during their conversation James Playfair does not propose himself
-what he refused me to-day.”
-
-But when Crockston saw that the young girl and the young man avoided
-each other, he began to be perplexed.
-
-“We must look sharp,” said he to himself, and the morning of the fourth
-day he entered Miss Halliburtt’s cabin, rubbing his hands with an air of
-perfect satisfaction.
-
-“Good news!” cried he, “good news! You will never guess what the Captain
-has proposed to me. A very noble young man he is. Now try.”
-
-“Ah!” replied Jenny, whose heart beat violently, “has he proposed to—”
-
-“To deliver Mr. Halliburtt, to carry him off from the Confederates, and
-bring him to England.”
-
-“Is it true?” cried Jenny.
-
-“It is, as I say, miss. What a good-hearted man this James Playfair is!
-These English are either all good or all bad. Ah! he may reckon on my
-gratitude, and I am ready to cut myself in pieces if it would please
-him.”
-
-Jenny’s joy was profound on hearing Crockston’s words. Deliver her
-father! she had never dared to think of such a plan, and the Captain of
-the “Dolphin” was going to risk his ship and crew!
-
-“That’s what he is,” added Crockston; “and this, Miss Jenny, is well
-worth an acknowledgment from you.”
-
-“More than an acknowledgment,” cried the young girl; “a lasting
-friendship!”
-
-And immediately she left the cabin to find James Playfair, and express
-to him the sentiments which flowed from her heart.
-
-“Getting on by degrees,” muttered the American.
-
-James Playfair was pacing to and fro on the poop, and, as may be
-thought, he was very much surprised, not to say amazed, to see the young
-girl go up to him, her eyes moist with grateful tears, and holding out
-her hand to him saying,—
-
-“Thank you, sir, thank you for your kindness, which I should never have
-dared to expect from a stranger.”
-
-“Miss,” replied the Captain, as if he understood nothing of what she was
-talking, and could not understand, “I do not know—”
-
-“Nevertheless, sir, you are going to brave many dangers, perhaps
-compromise your interests for me, and you have done so much already in
-offering me on board an hospitality to which I have no right whatever—”
-
-“Pardon me, Miss Jenny,” interrupted James Playfair, “but I protest
-again I do not understand your words; I have acted towards you as any
-well-bred man would towards a lady, and my conduct deserves neither so
-many thanks nor so much gratitude.”
-
-“Mr. Playfair,” said Jenny, “it is useless to pretend any longer;
-Crockston has told me all!”
-
-“Ah!” said the Captain, “Crockston has told you all, then I understand
-less than ever the reason for your leaving your cabin, and saying these
-words which—”
-
-[Illustration: “THANK YOU, SIR, THANK YOU.”]
-
-Whilst speaking the Captain felt very much embarrassed; he remembered
-the rough way in which he had received the American’s overtures, but
-Jenny, fortunately for him, did not give him time for further
-explanation; she interrupted him, holding out her hand and saying,—
-
-“Mr. James, I had no other object in coming on board your ship except to
-go to Charleston, and there, however cruel the slave-holders may be,
-they will not refuse to let a poor girl share her father’s prison, that
-was all; I had never thought of a return as possible; but since you are
-so generous as to wish for my father’s deliverance, since you will
-attempt everything to save him, be assured you have my deepest
-gratitude.”
-
-James did not know what to do or what part to assume; he bit his lip; he
-dared not take the hand offered him; he saw perfectly that Crockston had
-compromised him, so that escape was impossible; at the same time he had
-no thoughts of delivering Mr. Halliburtt, and getting complicated in a
-disagreeable business: but how dash to the ground the hope which had
-arisen in this poor girl’s heart? How refuse the hand which she held out
-to him with a feeling of such profound friendship? How change to tears
-of grief the tears of gratitude which filled her eyes?
-
-So the young man tried to reply evasively, in a manner which would
-insure his liberty of action for the future.
-
-“Miss Jenny,” said he, “rest assured I will do everything in my power
-for—”
-
-And he took the little hand in both of his, but with the gentle pressure
-he felt his heart melt and his head grow confused: words to express his
-thoughts failed him. He stammered out some incoherent words,—
-
-“Miss—Miss Jenny—for you—”
-
-Crockston, who was watching him, rubbed his hands, grinning and
-repeating to himself,—
-
-“It will come! it will come! it has come!”
-
-How James Playfair would have managed to extricate himself from his
-embarrassing position no one knows, but fortunately for him, if not for
-the “Dolphin,” the man on watch was heard crying,—
-
-“Ahoy, officer of the watch!”
-
-“What now?” asked Mr. Mathew.
-
-“A sail to windward!”
-
-James Playfair, leaving the young girl, immediately sprang to the
-shrouds of the main-mast.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V
- THE SHOT FROM THE “IROQUOIS,” AND MISS JENNY’s ARGUMENTS.
-
-
-Until now the navigation of the “Dolphin” had been very fortunate. Not
-one ship had been signalled before the sail hailed by the man on watch.
-
-The “Dolphin” was then in 32° 51´ latitude and 57° 43´west longitude.
-For forty-eight hours a fog which now began to rise had covered the
-ocean. If this mist favoured the “Dolphin” by hiding her course, it also
-prevented any observations at a distance being made, and, without being
-aware of it, she might be sailing side by side, so to speak, with the
-ships she wished most to avoid.
-
-Now this is just what had happened, and when the ship was signalled she
-was only three miles to windward.
-
-When James Playfair had reached the bars, he saw distinctly, through an
-opening in the mist, a large Federal corvette in full pursuit of the
-“Dolphin.”
-
-[Illustration: HE SAW DISTINCTLY.]
-
-After having carefully examined her, the Captain came down on deck
-again, and called to the first officer.
-
-“Mr. Mathew,” said he, “what do you think of this ship?”
-
-“I think, Captain, that it is a Federal cruiser, which suspects our
-intentions.”
-
-“There is no possible doubt of her nationality,” said James Playfair.
-“Look!”
-
-At this moment the starry flag of the North United States appeared on
-the gaff-yards of the corvette, and the latter asserted her colours with
-a cannon-shot.
-
-“An invitation to show ours,” said Mr. Mathew. “Well, let us show them;
-there is nothing to be ashamed of.”
-
-“What’s the good?” replied James Playfair. “Our flag will hardly protect
-us, and it will not hinder those people from paying us a visit? No; let
-us go ahead.”
-
-“And go quickly,” replied Mr. Mathew, “for if my eyes do not deceive me,
-I have already seen that corvette lying off Liverpool, where she went to
-watch the ships in building: my name is not Mathew, if that is not ‘The
-Iroquois’ on her taffrail.”
-
-“And is she fast?”
-
-“One of the fastest vessels of the Federal marine.”
-
-“What guns does she carry?”
-
-“Eight.”
-
-“Pooh.”
-
-“Oh, don’t shrug your shoulders, Captain,” said Mr. Mathew, in a serious
-tone; “two out of those eight guns are rifled, one is a sixty-pounder on
-the forecastle, and the other a hundred-pounder on deck.”
-
-“Upon my soul!” exclaimed James Playfair, “they are Parrott’s, and will
-carry three miles.”
-
-“Yes, and farther than that, Captain.”
-
-“Ah, well! Mr. Mathew, let their guns be sixty or only four-pounders,
-and let them carry three miles or five hundred yards, it is all the same
-if we can go fast enough to avoid their shot. We will show this
-‘Iroquois’ how a ship can go when she is built on purpose to go. Have
-the fires well banked up, Mr. Mathew.”
-
-The first officer gave the Captain’s orders to the engineer, and soon
-volumes of black smoke curled from the steamer’s chimneys.
-
-This proceeding did not seem to please the corvette, for she made the
-“Dolphin” the signal to lie to, but James Playfair paid no attention to
-this warning, and did not change his ship’s course.
-
-“Now,” said he, “we shall see what the ‘Iroquois’ will do; there is a
-fine opportunity for her to try her guns, go ahead full speed!”
-
-“Good!” exclaimed Mr. Mathew; “she will not be long in saluting us.”
-
-Returning to the poop, the Captain saw Miss Halliburtt sitting quietly
-near the bulwarks.
-
-“Miss Jenny,” said he, “we shall probably be chased by that corvette you
-see to windward, and as she will speak to us with shot, I beg to offer
-you my arm to take you to your cabin again.”
-
-“Thank you, very much, Mr. Playfair,” replied the young girl, looking at
-him, “but I am not afraid of cannon-shots.”
-
-“However, miss, in spite of the distance, there may be some danger.”
-
-“Oh, I was not brought up to be fearful; they accustom us to everything
-in America, and I assure you that the shot from the ‘Iroquois’ will not
-make me lower my head.”
-
-“You are brave, Miss Jenny.”
-
-“Let us admit, then, that I am brave, and allow me to stay by you.”
-
-“I can refuse you nothing, Miss Halliburtt,” replied the Captain,
-looking at the young girl’s calm face.
-
-These words were hardly uttered when they saw a line of white smoke
-issue from the bulwarks of the corvette; before the report had reached
-the “Dolphin” a projectile whizzed through the air in the direction of
-the steamer.
-
-At about twenty fathoms from the “Dolphin” the shot, the speed of which
-had sensibly lessened, skimmed over the surface of the waves, marking
-its passage by a series of water-jets; then, with another burst, it
-rebounded to a certain height, passed over the “Dolphin,” grazing the
-mizen-yards on the starboard side, fell at thirty fathoms beyond, and
-was buried in the waves.
-
-“By Jove!” exclaimed James Playfair, “we must get along; another slap
-like that is not to be waited for.”
-
-“Oh!” exclaimed Mr. Mathew, “they will take some time to reload such
-pieces.”
-
-“Upon my honour, it is an interesting sight,” said Crockston, who, with
-arms crossed, stood perfectly at his ease looking at the scene, “and to
-say they are friends who send such brandy-balls!”
-
-“Ah! that’s you,” cried James Playfair, scanning the American from head
-to foot.
-
-“It is me, Captain,” replied the American, undisturbed. “I have come to
-see how these brave Federals fire; not badly, in truth, not badly.”
-
-The Captain was going to answer Crockston sharply, but at this moment a
-second shot struck the sea on the starboard side.
-
-“Good,” cried James Playfair, “we have already gained two cables on this
-‘Iroquois.’ Your friends sail like a buoy; do you hear, Master
-Crockston?”
-
-“I will not say they don’t,” replied the American, “and for the first
-time in my life it does not fail to please me.”
-
-A third shot fell still farther astern, and in less than ten minutes the
-“Dolphin” was out of range of the corvette’s guns.
-
-“So much for patent-logs, Mr. Mathew,” said James Playfair; “thanks to
-those shot we know how to rate our speed. Now have the fires lowered; it
-is not worth while to waste our coal uselessly.”
-
-“It is a good ship that you command,” said Miss Halliburtt to the young
-Captain.
-
-“Yes, Miss Jenny, my good ‘Dolphin,’ makes her seventeen knots, and
-before the day is over, we shall have lost sight of that corvette.”
-
-James Playfair did not exaggerate the sailing qualities of his ship, and
-the sun had not set before the masts of the American ship had
-disappeared below the horizon.
-
-This incident allowed the Captain to see Miss Halliburtt’s character in
-a new light; besides, the ice was broken, henceforward, during the whole
-of the voyage, the interviews between the Captain and his passenger were
-frequent and prolonged; he found her to be a young girl, calm, strong,
-thoughtful, and intelligent, speaking with great ease, having her own
-ideas about everything, and expressing her thoughts with a conviction
-which unconsciously penetrated James Playfair’s heart.
-
-She loved her country, she was zealous in the great cause of the Union,
-and expressed herself on the civil war in the United States with an
-enthusiasm of which no other woman would have been capable. Thus it
-happened, more than once, that James Playfair found it difficult to
-answer her, even when questions purely mercantile arose in connexion
-with the war: Miss Jenny attacked them none the less vigorously, and
-would come to no other terms whatever. At first James argued a great
-deal, and tried to uphold the Confederates against the Federals, to
-prove that the Secessionists were in the right, and that if the people
-were united voluntarily they might separate in the same manner. But the
-young girl would not yield on this point; she demonstrated that the
-question of slavery was predominant in the struggle between the North
-and South Americans, that it was far more a war in the cause of morals
-and humanity than politics, and James could make no answer. Besides,
-during these discussions, which he listened to attentively, it is
-difficult to say whether he was more touched by Miss Halliburtt’s
-arguments, or the charming manner in which she spoke; but at last he was
-obliged to acknowledge, among other things, that slavery was the
-principal feature in the war, that it must be put an end to decisively,
-and the last horrors of barbarous times abolished.
-
-It has been said that the political opinions of the Captain did not
-trouble him much. He would have sacrificed his most serious opinion
-before such enticing arguments and under like circumstances; he made a
-good bargain of his ideas for the same reason, but at last he was
-attacked in his tenderest point: this was the question of the traffic in
-which the “Dolphin” was being employed, and, consequently, the
-ammunition which was being carried to the Confederates.
-
-“Yes, Mr. James,” said Miss Halliburtt, “gratitude does not hinder me
-from speaking with perfect frankness; on the contrary, you are a brave
-seaman, a clever merchant, the house of Playfair is noted for its
-respectability; but in this case it fails in its principles, and follows
-a trade unworthy of it.”
-
-“How!” cried James, “the house of Playfair ought not to attempt such a
-commercial enterprise?”
-
-“No! it is taking ammunition to the unhappy creatures in revolt against
-the government of their country, and it is lending arms to a bad cause.”
-
-“Upon my honour, Miss Jenny, I will not discuss the fight of the
-Confederates with you; I will only answer you with one word: I am a
-merchant, and as such I only occupy myself with the interests of my
-house; I look for gain wherever there is an opportunity of getting it.”
-
-“That is precisely what is to be blamed, Mr. James,” replied the young
-girl; “profit does not excuse it; thus, when you supply arms to the
-Southerners, with which to continue a criminal war, you are quite as
-guilty as when you sell opium to the Chinese, which stupefies them.”
-
-“Oh! for once, Miss Jenny, this is too much, and I cannot admit—”
-
-“No; what I say is just, and when you consider it, when you understand
-the part you are playing, when you think of the results for which you
-are responsible, you will yield to me in this point, as in so many
-others.”
-
-James Playfair was dumbfoundered at these words; he left the young girl,
-a prey to angry thoughts, for he felt his powerlessness to answer; then
-he sulked like a child for half an hour, and an hour later he returned
-to the singular young girl who could overwhelm him with convincing
-arguments, with quite a pleasant smile.
-
-In short, however it may have come about, and although he would not
-acknowledge it to himself, Captain James Playfair belonged to himself no
-longer, he was no longer commander-in-chief on board his own ship.
-
-Thus, to Crockston’s great joy, Mr. Halliburtt’s affairs appeared to be
-in a good way; the Captain seemed to have decided to undertake
-everything in his power to deliver Miss Jenny’s father, and for this he
-would be obliged to compromise the “Dolphin,” his cargo, his crew, and
-incur the displeasure of his worthy uncle Vincent.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI.
- SULLIVAN ISLAND CHANNEL.
-
-
-Two days after the meeting with the “Iroquois,” the “Dolphin” found
-herself abreast of the Bermudas, where she was assailed by a violent
-squall. These isles are frequently visited by hurricanes, and are
-celebrated for shipwrecks. It is here that Shakspeare has placed the
-exciting scene of his drama, “The Tempest,” in which Ariel and Caliban
-dispute for the empire of the floods.
-
-The squall was frightful; James Playfair thought once of running for one
-of the Bermudas, where the English had a military post: it would have
-been a sad waste of time, and therefore especially to be regretted;
-happily the “Dolphin” behaved herself wonderfully well in the storm, and
-after flying a whole day before the tempest, she was able to resume her
-course towards the American coast.
-
-[Illustration: THE SQUALL.]
-
-But if James Playfair had been pleased with his ship, he had not been
-less delighted with the young girl’s bravery; Miss Halliburtt had passed
-the worst hours of the storm at his side, and James knew that a
-profound, imperious, irresistible love had taken possession of his whole
-being.
-
-“Yes,” said he, “this brave girl is mistress on board; she turns me like
-the sea a ship in distress—I feel that I am foundering! What will Uncle
-Vincent say? Ah! poor nature, I am sure that if Jenny asked me to throw
-all this cursed cargo into the sea, I should do it without hesitating,
-for love of her.”
-
-Happily for the firm of Playfair and Co., Miss Halliburtt did not demand
-this sacrifice; nevertheless, the poor Captain had been taken captive,
-and Crockston, who read his heart like an open book, rubbed his hands
-gleefully.
-
-“We will hold him fast!” he muttered to himself, “and before a week has
-passed my master will be quietly installed in one of the best cabins of
-the ‘Dolphin.’”
-
-As for Miss Jenny, did she perceive the feelings which she inspired? did
-she allow herself to share them? No one could say, and James Playfair
-least of all; the young girl kept a perfect reserve, and her secret
-remained deeply buried in her heart.
-
-But whilst love was making such progress in the heart of the young
-Captain, the “Dolphin” sped with no less rapidity towards Charleston.
-
-On the 13th of January, the watch signalled land ten miles to the west.
-It was a low-lying coast, and almost blended with the line of the sea in
-the distance. Crockston was examining the horizon attentively, and about
-nine o’clock in the morning he cried,—
-
-“Charleston lighthouse!”
-
-[Illustration: CROCKSTON WAS EXAMINING THE HORIZON ATTENTIVELY.]
-
-Now that the bearings of the “Dolphin” were set, James Playfair had but
-one thing to do, to decide by which channel he would run into Charleston
-Bay.
-
-“If we meet with no obstacles,” said he, “before three o’clock we shall
-be in safety in the docks of the port.”
-
-The town of Charleston is situated on the banks of an estuary seven
-miles long and two broad, called Charleston Harbour, the entrance to
-which is rather difficult. It is enclosed between Morris Island on the
-south, and Sullivan Island on the north. At the time when the “Dolphin”
-attempted to force the blockade Morris Island already belonged to the
-Federal troops, and General Gillmore had caused batteries to be erected
-overlooking the harbour. Sullivan Island, on the contrary, was in the
-hands of the Confederates, who were also in possession of Moultrie Fort,
-situated at the extremity of the island; therefore it would be
-advantageous to the “Dolphin” to go as close as possible to the northern
-shores to avoid the firing from the forts on Morris Island.
-
-Five channels led into the estuary, Sullivan Island Channel, the
-Northern Channel, the Overall Channel, the Principal Channel, and
-lastly, the Lawford Channel; but it was useless for strangers, unless
-they had skilful pilots on board, or ships drawing less than seven feet
-of water to attempt this last; as for Northern and Overall Channels,
-they were in range of the Federalist batteries, so that it was no good
-thinking of them. If James Playfair could have had his choice, he would
-have taken his steamer through the Principal Channel, which was the
-best, and the bearings of which were easy to follow; but it was
-necessary to yield to circumstances, and to decide according to the
-event. Besides, the Captain of the “Dolphin” knew perfectly all the
-secrets of this bay, its dangers, the depths of its water at low tide,
-and its currents, so that he was able to steer his ship with the
-greatest safety as soon as he entered one of these narrow straits. The
-great question was to get there.
-
-Now this work demanded an experienced seaman, and one who knew exactly
-the qualities of the “Dolphin.”
-
-In fact two Federal frigates were now cruising in the Charleston waters.
-Mr. Mathew soon drew James Playfair’s attention to them.
-
-“They are preparing to ask us what we want on these shores,” said he.
-
-“Ah, well! we won’t answer them,” replied the Captain, “and they will
-not get their curiosity satisfied.”
-
-In the meanwhile the cruisers were coming on full steam towards the
-“Dolphin,” who continued her course, taking care to keep out of range of
-their guns. But in order to gain time James Playfair made for the
-south-west, wishing to put the enemies’ ships off their guard; the
-latter must have thought that the “Dolphin” intended to make for Morris
-Island Channel. Now there they had batteries and guns, a single shot
-from which would have been enough to sink the English ship; so the
-Federals allowed the “Dolphin” to run towards the south-west, contenting
-themselves by observing her without following closely.
-
-Thus for an hour the respective situations of the ships did not change,
-for James Playfair, wishing to deceive the cruisers as to the course of
-the “Dolphin,” had caused the fires to be moderated, so that the speed
-was decreased. However, from the thick volumes of smoke which escaped
-from the chimneys, it might have been thought that he was trying to get
-his maximum pressure, and, consequently, his maximum of rapidity.
-
-“They will be slightly astonished presently,” said James Playfair, “when
-they see us slip through their fingers!”
-
-In fact, when the Captain saw that he was near enough to Morris Island,
-and before a line of guns, the range of which he did not know, he turned
-his rudder quickly, and the ship resumed her northerly course, leaving
-the cruisers two miles to windward of her; the latter seeing this
-manœuvre understood the steamer’s object, and began to pursue her in
-earnest, but it was too late. The “Dolphin” doubled her speed under the
-action of the screws, and distanced them rapidly. Going nearer to the
-coast, a few shell were sent after her as an acquittal of conscience,
-but the Federals were outdone, for their projectiles did not reach half
-way. At eleven o’clock in the morning, the steamer ranging near Sullivan
-Island, thanks to her small draft, entered the narrow strait full steam;
-there she was in safety, for no Federalist cruiser dared follow her in
-this channel, the depth of which, on an average, was only eleven feet at
-low tide.
-
-“How?” cried Crockston, “and is that the only difficulty?”
-
-“Oh! oh! Master Crockston,” said James Playfair, “the difficulty is not
-in entering, but in getting out again.”
-
-“Nonsense!” replied the American, “that does not make me at all uneasy;
-with a boat like the ‘Dolphin’ and a Captain like Mr. James Playfair,
-one can go where one likes, and come out in the same manner.”
-
-Nevertheless, James Playfair, with telescope in his hand, was
-attentively examining the route to be followed. He had before him
-excellent coasting guides, with which he could go ahead without any
-difficulty or hesitation.
-
-Once his ship was safely in the narrow channel which runs the length of
-Sullivan Island, James steered bearing towards the middle of Fort
-Moultrie as far as the Pinckney Castle, situated on the isolated island
-of Shute’s Folly; on the other side rose Fort Johnson, a little way to
-the north of Fort Sumter.
-
-At this moment the steamer was saluted by some shot which did not reach
-her, from the batteries on Morris Island. She continued her course
-without any deviation, passed before Moultrieville, situated at the
-extremity of Sullivan Island, and entered the bay.
-
-Soon Fort Sumter on the left protected her from the batteries of the
-Federalists.
-
-This fort, so celebrated in the civil war, is situated three miles and a
-half from Charleston, and about a mile from each side of the bay: it is
-nearly pentagonal in form, built on an artificial island of
-Massachusetts granite, it took ten years to construct and cost more than
-900,000 dollars.
-
-It was from this fort, on the 13th of April, 1861, that Anderson and the
-Federal troops were driven, and it was against it that the first shot of
-the Confederates was fired. It is impossible to estimate the quantity of
-iron and lead which the Federals showered down upon it. However, it
-resisted for almost three years, but a few months after the passage of
-the “Dolphin,” it fell beneath General Gillmore’s three hundred-pounders
-on Morris Island.
-
-But at this time it was in all its strength, and the Confederate flag
-floated proudly above it.
-
-Once past the fort the town of Charleston appeared lying between Ashley
-and Cooper rivers.
-
-James Playfair threaded his way through the buoys which mark the
-entrance of the channel, leaving behind the Charleston lighthouse
-visible above Morris Island. He had hoisted the English flag, and made
-his way with wonderful rapidity through the narrow channels. When he had
-passed the Quarantine buoy, he advanced freely into the centre of the
-bay. Miss Halliburtt was standing on the poop, looking at the town where
-her father was kept prisoner, and her eyes filled with tears.
-
-At last the steamer’s speed was moderated by the Captain’s orders; the
-“Dolphin” ranged along the end of the south and east batteries, and was
-soon moored at the quay of the North Commercial Wharf.
-
-[Illustration: MISS HALLIBURTT WAS STANDING ON THE POOP.]
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII.
- A SOUTHERN GENERAL.
-
-
-The “Dolphin” on arriving at the Charleston quay, had been saluted by
-the cheers of a large crowd. The inhabitants of this town, strictly
-blockaded by sea, were not accustomed to visits from European ships.
-They asked each other, not without astonishment, what this great
-steamer, proudly bearing the English flag, had come to do in their
-waters; but when they learned the object of her voyage, and why she had
-just forced the passage Sullivan, when the report spread that she
-carried a cargo of smuggled ammunition, the cheers and joyful cries were
-redoubled.
-
-James Playfair, without losing a moment, entered into negotiation with
-General Beauregard, the military commander of the town. The latter
-eagerly received the young Captain of the “Dolphin,” who had arrived in
-time to provide the soldiers with the clothes and ammunition they were
-so much in want of. It was agreed that the unloading of the ship should
-take place immediately, and numerous hands came to help the English
-sailors.
-
-Before quitting his ship James Playfair had received from Miss
-Halliburtt the most pressing injunctions with regard to her father, and
-the Captain had placed himself entirely at the young girl’s service.
-
-“Miss Jenny,” he had said, “you may rely on me; I will do the utmost in
-my power to save your father, but I hope this business will not present
-many difficulties; I shall go and see General Beauregard to-day, and
-without asking him at once for Mr. Halliburtt’s liberty, I shall learn
-in what situation he is, whether he is on bail, or a prisoner.”
-
-“My poor father!” replied Jenny, sighing; “he little thinks his daughter
-is so near him. Oh that I could fly into his arms!”
-
-“A little patience, Miss Jenny, you will soon embrace your father. Rely
-upon my acting with the most entire devotion, but also with prudence and
-consideration.”
-
-This is why James Playfair, after having delivered the cargo of the
-“Dolphin” up to the General, and bargained for an immense stock of
-cotton, faithful to his promise, turned the conversation to the events
-of the day.
-
-“So,” said he, “you believe in the triumph of the slave-holders?”
-
-“I do not for a moment doubt of our final success, and as regards
-Charleston, Lee’s army will soon relieve it: besides, what do you expect
-from the Abolitionists? admitting that which will never be, that the
-commercial towns of Virginia, the two Carolinas, Georgia, Alabama, fall
-under their power, what then? Will they be masters of a country they can
-never occupy? No, certainly not; and for my part if they are ever
-victorious they shall pay dearly for it.”
-
-“And you are quite sure of your soldiers?” asked the Captain; “you are
-not afraid that Charleston will grow weary of a siege which is ruining
-her?”
-
-“No, I do not fear treason; besides, the traitors would be punished
-remorselessly, and I would destroy the town itself by sword or fire if I
-discovered the least Unionist movement. Jefferson Davis confided
-Charleston to me, and you may be sure that Charleston is in safe hands.”
-
-“Have you any Federal prisoners?” asked James Playfair, coming to the
-interesting object of the conversation.
-
-“Yes, Captain,” replied the General, “it was at Charleston that the
-first shot of separation was fired. The Abolitionists who were here
-attempted to resist, and after being defeated they have been kept as
-prisoners of war.”
-
-“And have you many?”
-
-“About a hundred.”
-
-“Free in the town?”
-
-“They were until I discovered a plot formed by them: their chief
-succeeded in establishing a communication with the besiegers, who were
-thus informed of the situation of affairs in the town. I was then
-obliged to lock up these dangerous guests, and several of them will only
-leave their prison to ascend the slope of the citadel, where ten
-confederate balls will reward them for their federalism.”
-
-“What! to be shot!” cried the young man, shuddering involuntarily.
-
-“Yes, and their chief first of all. He is a very dangerous man to have
-in a besieged town. I have sent his letters to the President at
-Richmond, and before a week is passed his sentence will be irrevocably
-passed.”
-
-“Who is this man you speak of,” asked James Playfair, with an assumed
-carelessness.
-
-“A journalist from Boston, a violent Abolitionist with the confounded
-spirit of Lincoln.”
-
-“And his name?”
-
-“Jonathan Halliburtt.”
-
-“Poor wretch!” exclaimed James, suppressing his emotion; “whatever he
-may have done one cannot help pitying him. And you think that he will be
-shot?”
-
-“I am sure of it,” replied Beauregard. “What can you expect? War is war,
-one must defend oneself as best one can.”
-
-“Well, it is nothing to me,” said the Captain; “I shall be far enough
-away when this execution takes place.”
-
-“What! you are thinking of going away already.”
-
-“Yes, General, business must be attended to; as soon as my cargo of
-cotton is on board I shall be out to sea again. I was fortunate enough
-to enter the bay, but the difficulty is in getting out again. The
-‘Dolphin’ is a good ship; she can beat any of the Federal ships for
-speed, but she does not pretend to distance cannon-balls, and a shell in
-her hull or engine would seriously affect my enterprise.”
-
-“As you please, Captain,” replied Beauregard; “I have no advice to give
-you under such circumstances. You are doing your business, and you are
-right. I should act in the same manner were I in your place; besides a
-stay at Charleston is not very pleasant, and a harbour where shells are
-falling three days out of four is not a safe shelter for your ship; so
-you will set sail when you please; but can you tell me what is the
-number and the force of the Federal ships cruising before Charleston?”
-
-James Playfair did his best to answer the General, and took leave of him
-on the best of terms; then he returned to the “Dolphin” very thoughtful
-and very depressed from what he had just heard.
-
-“What shall I say to Miss Jenny? ought I to tell her of Mr. Halliburtt’s
-terrible situation? or would it be better to keep her in ignorance of
-the trial which is awaiting her? Poor child!”
-
-He had not gone fifty steps from the governor’s house when he ran
-against Crockston: the worthy American had been watching for him since
-his departure.
-
-“Well, Captain?”
-
-James Playfair looked steadily at Crockston, and the latter soon
-understood he had no favourable news to give him.
-
-“Have you seen Beauregard?” he asked.
-
-“Yes,” replied James Playfair.
-
-“And have you spoken to him about Mr. Halliburtt?”
-
-“No! it was he who spoke to me about him.”
-
-“Well, Captain?”
-
-“Well! I may as well tell you everything, Crockston.”
-
-“Everything, Captain.”
-
-“General Beauregard has told me that your master will be shot within a
-week.”
-
-At this news any one else but Crockston would have grown furious or
-given way to bursts of grief, but the American, who feared nothing, only
-said, with almost a smile on his lips,—
-
-“Pooh! what does it matter?”
-
-“How! what does it matter?” cried James Playfair; “I tell you that Mr.
-Halliburtt will be shot within a week, and you answer, what does it
-matter?”
-
-“And I mean it—if in six days he is on board the ‘Dolphin,’ and if in
-seven days the ‘Dolphin’ is on the open sea.”
-
-“Right!” exclaimed the Captain, pressing Crockston’s hand. “I
-understand, my good fellow, you have got some pluck; and for myself, in
-spite of Uncle Vincent, I would throw myself overboard for Miss Jenny.”
-
-“No one need be thrown overboard,” replied the American, “only the fish
-would gain by that: the most important business now is to deliver Mr.
-Halliburtt.”
-
-“But you must know that it will be difficult to do so.”
-
-“Pooh!” exclaimed Crockston.
-
-“It is a question of communicating with a prisoner strictly guarded.”
-
-“Certainly.”
-
-“And to bring about an almost miraculous escape.”
-
-“Nonsense,” exclaimed Crockston; “a prisoner thinks more of escaping
-than his guardian thinks of keeping him; that’s why, thanks to our help,
-Mr. Halliburtt will be saved.”
-
-“You are right, Crockston.”
-
-“Always right.”
-
-“But now what will you do? there must be some plan; and there are
-precautions to be taken.”
-
-“I will think about it.”
-
-“But when Miss Jenny learns that her father is condemned to death, and
-that the order for his execution may come any day—”
-
-“She will know nothing about it, that is all.”
-
-“Yes, it will be better for her and for us to tell her nothing.”
-
-“Where is Mr. Halliburtt imprisoned?” asked Crockston.
-
-“In the citadel,” replied James Playfair.
-
-“Just so!—On board now?”
-
-“On board, Crockston!”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII.
- THE ESCAPE.
-
-
-Miss Jenny, sitting at the poop of the “Dolphin,” was anxiously waiting
-the captain’s return; when the latter went up to her she could not utter
-a word, but her eyes questioned James Playfair more eagerly than her
-lips could have done. The latter, with Crockston’s help, informed the
-young girl of the facts relating to her father’s imprisonment. He said
-that he had carefully broached the subject of the prisoners of war to
-Beauregard, but as the General did not seem disposed at all in their
-favour, he had thought it better to say no more about it, but think the
-matter over again.
-
-“Since Mr. Halliburtt is not free in the town, his escape will be more
-difficult; but I will finish my task, and I promise you, Miss Jenny,
-that the ‘Dolphin’ shall not leave Charleston, without having your
-father on board.”
-
-“Thank you, Mr. James; I thank you with my whole heart.”
-
-[Illustration: “I PROMISE YOU, MISS JENNY.”]
-
-At these words James Playfair felt a thrill of joy through his whole
-being.
-
-He approached the young girl with moist eyes and quivering lips; perhaps
-he was going to make an avowal of the sentiments he could no longer
-repress, when Crockston interfered,—
-
-“This is no time for grieving,” said he; “we must go to work, and
-consider what to do.”
-
-“Have you any plan, Crockston?” asked the young girl.
-
-“I always have a plan,” replied the American; “it is my peculiarity.”
-
-“But a good one?” said James Playfair.
-
-“Excellent! and all the ministers in Washington could not devise a
-better; it is almost as good as if Mr. Halliburtt was already on board.”
-
-Crockston spoke with such perfect assurance, at the same time with such
-simplicity, that it must have been the most incredulous person who could
-doubt his words.
-
-“We are listening, Crockston,” said James Playfair.
-
-“Good! You, Captain, will go to General Beauregard, and ask a favour of
-him which he will not refuse you.”
-
-“And what is that?”
-
-“You will tell him that you have on board a tiresome subject, a scamp
-who has been very troublesome during the voyage, and excited the crew to
-revolt. You will ask of him permission to shut him up in the citadel; at
-the same time on the condition that he shall return to the ship on her
-departure, in order to be taken back to England, to be delivered over to
-the justice of his country.”
-
-“Good!” said James Playfair, half smiling, “I will do all that, and
-Beauregard will grant my request very willingly.”
-
-“I am perfectly sure of it,” replied the American.
-
-“But,” resumed Playfair, “one thing is wanting.”
-
-“What is that?”
-
-“The scamp.”
-
-“He is before you, Captain.”
-
-“What, the rebellious subject?—”
-
-“Is myself; don’t trouble yourself about that.”
-
-“Oh! you brave, generous heart,” cried Jenny, pressing the American’s
-rough hands between her small white palms.
-
-“Go, Crockston,” said James Playfair; “I understand you, my friend; and
-I only regret one thing, that is, that I cannot take your place.”
-
-“Every one his part,” replied Crockston; “if you put yourself in my
-place you would be very much embarrassed, which I shall not be; you will
-have enough to do later on to get out of the harbour under the fire of
-the Feds and Rebs, which, for my part, I should manage very badly.”
-
-“Well, Crockston, go on.”
-
-“Once in the citadel—I know it—I shall see what to do, and rest assured
-I shall do my best; in the meanwhile, you will be getting your cargo on
-board.”
-
-“Oh! business is now a very unimportant detail,” said the Captain.
-
-“Not at all! and what would your uncle Vincent say to that? We must join
-sentiment with work; it will prevent suspicion; but do it quickly. Can
-you be ready in six days?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Well, let the ‘Dolphin’ be ready to start on the 22nd.”
-
-“She shall be ready.”
-
-“On the evening of the 22nd of January, you understand, send a
-shore-boat with your best men to White Point, at the end of the town;
-wait there till nine o’clock, and then you will see Mr. Halliburtt and
-your servant.”
-
-“But how will you manage to effect Mr. Halliburtt’s deliverance, and
-also escape yourself?”
-
-“That’s my look-out.”
-
-“Dear Crockston, you are going to risk your life then, to save my
-father!”
-
-“Don’t be uneasy, Miss Jenny, I shall risk absolutely nothing, you may
-believe me.”
-
-“Well,” asked James Playfair, “when must I have you locked up?”
-
-“To-day—you understand—I demoralize your crew; there is no time to be
-lost.”
-
-“Would you like any money? it may be of use to you in the citadel.”
-
-“Money to buy the gaoler! Oh, no! it would be a poor bargain; when one
-goes there the gaoler keeps the money and the prisoner! No! I have surer
-means than that; however, a few dollars may be useful; one must be able
-to drink, if needs be.”
-
-“And intoxicate the gaoler.”
-
-“No, an intoxicated gaoler would spoil everything. No, I tell you I have
-an idea, let me work it out.”
-
-“Here, my good fellow, are ten dollars.”
-
-“It is too much, but I will return what is over.”
-
-“Well, then, are you ready?”
-
-“Quite ready to be a downright rogue.”
-
-“Let us go to work then.”
-
-“Crockston,” said the young girl, in a faltering voice, “you are the
-best man on earth.”
-
-“I know it,”replied the American, laughing good-humouredly. “By-the-bye,
-Captain, an important item.”
-
-“What is that?”
-
-“If the General proposes to hang your rebel—you know that military men
-like sharp work—”
-
-“Well, Crockston?”
-
-“Well, you will say that you must think about it.”
-
-“I promise you I will.”
-
-The same day to the great astonishment of the crew, who were not in the
-secret, Crockston with his feet and hands in irons was taken on shore by
-a dozen sailors, and half-an-hour after, by Captain James Playfair’s
-request, he was led through the streets of the town, and in spite of his
-resistance was imprisoned in the citadel.
-
-During this and the following days the unloading of the “Dolphin” was
-rapidly accomplished; the steam cranes lifted out the European cargo to
-make room for the native goods. The people of Charleston, who were
-present at this interesting work, helped the sailors, whom they held in
-great respect, but the Captain did not leave the brave fellows much time
-for receiving compliments; he was constantly behind them, and urged them
-on with a feverish activity, the reason of which the sailors could not
-suspect.
-
-Three days later, on the 18th of January, the first bales of cotton
-began to be packed in the hold; although James Playfair troubled himself
-no more about it, the firm of Playfair and Co. were making an excellent
-bargain, having obtained the cotton which encumbered the Charleston
-wharves at very far less than its value.
-
-In the meantime no news had been heard of Crockston. Jenny without
-saying anything about it was a prey to incessant fears, her pale face
-spoke for her, and James Playfair endeavoured his utmost to ease her
-mind.
-
-“I have all confidence in Crockston,” said he, “he is a devoted servant,
-as you must know better than I do, Miss Jenny. You must make yourself
-quite at ease; believe me, in three days you will be folded in your
-father’s arms.”
-
-“Ah! Mr. James,” cried the young girl, “how can I ever repay you for
-such devotion? How shall we ever be able to thank you?”
-
-“I will tell you when we are in English seas,” replied the young
-Captain.
-
-Jenny raised her tearful face to him for a moment, then her eyelids
-drooped, and she went back to her cabin.
-
-James Playfair hoped that the young girl would know nothing of her
-father’s terrible situation until he was in safety, but she was apprized
-of the truth by the involuntary indiscretion of a sailor.
-
-The reply from the Richmond cabinet had arrived by a courier who had
-been able to pass the line of outposts; the reply contained Jonathan
-Halliburtt’s death-warrant. The news of the approaching execution was
-not long in spreading through the town, and it was brought on board by
-one of the sailors of the “Dolphin;” the man told the Captain, without
-thinking that Miss Halliburtt was within hearing; the young girl uttered
-a piercing cry, and fell unconscious on the deck. James Playfair carried
-her to her cabin, but the most assiduous care was necessary to restore
-her to life.
-
-When she opened her eyes again, she saw the young Captain, who, with a
-finger on his lips, enjoined absolute silence. With difficulty she
-repressed the outburst of her grief, and James Playfair, leaning towards
-her, said gently,—
-
-“Jenny, in two hours your father will be in safety near you, or I shall
-have perished in endeavouring to save him!”
-
-Then he left the cabin, saying to himself, “And now he must be carried
-off at any price, since I must pay for his liberty with my own life and
-that of my crew.”
-
-The hour for action had arrived, the loading of the cotton cargo had
-been finished since morning; in two hours the ship would be ready to
-start.
-
-James Playfair had left the North Commercial Wharf and gone into the
-roadstead, so that he was ready to make use of the tide, which would be
-high at nine o’clock in the evening.
-
-It was seven o’clock when James left the young girl, and began to make
-preparations for departure. Until the present time the secret had been
-strictly kept between himself, Crockston, and Jenny; but now he thought
-it wise to inform Mr. Mathew of the situation of affairs, and he did so
-immediately.
-
-“Very well, sir,” replied Mr. Mathew, without making the least remark,
-“and nine o’clock is the time?”
-
-“Nine o’clock, and have the fires lit immediately, and the steam got
-up.”
-
-“It shall be done, Captain.”
-
-“The ‘Dolphin’ may remain at anchor; we will cut our moorings and sheer
-off, without losing a moment.”
-
-“Just so.”
-
-“Have a lantern placed at the main-mast-head; the night is dark, and
-will be foggy; we must not risk losing our way in returning; you had
-better have the bell for starting rung at nine o’clock.”
-
-“Your orders shall be punctually attended to, Captain.”
-
-“And now, Mr. Mathew, have a shore-boat manned with six of our best men;
-I am going to set out directly for ‘White Point.’ I leave Miss Jenny in
-your charge, and may God protect us!”
-
-“May God protect us!” repeated the first officer.
-
-Then he immediately gave the necessary orders for the fires to be
-lighted, and the shore-boat provided with men. In a few minutes the boat
-was ready, and James Playfair, after bidding Jenny good-bye, stepped
-into it, whilst at the same time, he saw volumes of black smoke issuing
-from the chimneys of the ship, and losing itself in the fog.
-
-The darkness was profound; the wind had fallen, and in the perfect
-silence the waters seemed to slumber in the immense harbour, whilst a
-few uncertain lights glimmered through the mist. James Playfair had
-taken his place at the rudder, and with a steady hand he guided his boat
-towards White Point. It was a distance of about two miles; during the
-day James had taken his bearings perfectly, so that he was able to make
-direct for Charleston Point.
-
-Eight o’clock struck from the church of St. Philip when the shore-boat
-ran aground at White Point.
-
-There was an hour to wait before the exact time fixed by Crockston; the
-quay was deserted, with the exception of the sentinel pacing to and fro
-on the south and east batteries. James Playfair grew impatient, and the
-minutes seemed hours to him.
-
-At half-past eight he heard the sound of approaching steps; he left his
-men with their oars clear and ready to start, and went himself to see
-who it was; but he had not gone ten feet when he met a band of
-coast-guards, in all about twenty men. James drew his revolver from his
-waist, deciding to make use of it, if needs be; but what could he do
-against these soldiers, who were coming on to the quay?
-
-The leader came up to him, and seeing the boat, asked,—
-
-“Whose craft is that?”
-
-“It is a shore-boat belonging to the ‘Dolphin,’” replied the young man.
-
-“And who are you?”
-
-“Captain James Playfair.”
-
-“I thought you had already started, and were now in the Charleston
-channels.”
-
-“I am ready to start. I ought even now to be on my way, but—”
-
-“But—” persisted the coast-guard.
-
-A bright idea shot through James’s mind, and he answered,—
-
-“One of my sailors is locked up in the citadel, and to tell the truth I
-had almost forgotten him; fortunately I thought of him in time, and I
-have sent my men to bring him.”
-
-“Ah! that troublesome fellow; you wish to take him back to England?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“He might as well be hung here as there,” said the coast-guard, laughing
-at his joke.
-
-“So I think,” said James Playfair, “but it is better to have the thing
-done in the regular way.”
-
-“Not much chance of that, Captain, when you have to face the Morris
-Island batteries.”
-
-“Don’t alarm yourself. I got in and I’ll get out again.”
-
-“Prosperous voyage to you!”
-
-“Thank you.”
-
-With this the men went off, and the shore was left silent.
-
-At this moment nine o’clock struck; it was the appointed moment. James
-felt his heart beat violently: a whistle was heard; he replied to it,
-then he waited, listening, with his hand up to enjoin perfect silence on
-the sailors; a man appeared enveloped in a large cloak, and looking from
-one side to another, James ran up to him.
-
-[Illustration: MR. HALLIBURTT?]
-
-“Mr. Halliburtt?”
-
-“I am he,” replied the man with the cloak.
-
-“God be praised!” cried James Playfair; “embark without losing a minute.
-Where is Crockston?”
-
-“Crockston!” exclaimed Mr. Halliburtt, amazed. “What do you mean?”
-
-“The man who has saved you and brought you here was your servant
-Crockston.”
-
-“The man who came with me was the gaoler from the citadel,” replied Mr.
-Halliburtt.
-
-“The gaoler!” cried James Playfair.
-
-Evidently he knew nothing about it, and a thousand fears crowded in his
-mind.
-
-“Quite right, the gaoler,” cried a well-known voice; “the gaoler is
-sleeping like a top in my cell.”
-
-“Crockston! you! can it be you?” exclaimed Mr. Halliburtt.
-
-“No time to talk now, master; we will explain everything to you
-afterwards; it is a question of life or death. Get in quick!”
-
-The three men took their places in the boat.
-
-“Push off!” cried the captain.
-
-Immediately the six oars dipped into the water; the boat darted like a
-fish through the waters of Charleston Harbour.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX.
- “BETWEEN TWO FIRES.”
-
-
-The boat, pulled by six robust oarsmen, flew over the water. The fog was
-growing dense, and it was with difficulty that James Playfair succeeded
-in keeping to the line of his bearings. Crockston sat at the bows, and
-Mr. Halliburtt at the stern next the Captain. The prisoner, only now
-informed of the presence of his servant, wished to speak to him, but the
-latter enjoined silence.
-
-However, a few minutes later, when they were in the middle of the
-harbour, Crockston determined to speak knowing what thoughts were
-uppermost in Mr. Halliburtt’s mind.
-
-“Yes, my dear master,” said he, “the gaoler is in my place in the cell,
-where I gave him two smart blows, one on the head and the other on the
-stomach, to act as a sleeping draught, and this when he was bringing me
-my supper; there is gratitude for you. I took his clothes and his keys,
-found you, and let you out of the citadel, under the soldiers’ noses.
-That is all I have done.”
-
-“But my daughter?—” asked Mr. Halliburtt.
-
-“Is on board the ship which is going to take you to England.”
-
-“My daughter there! there!” cried the American, springing from his seat.
-
-“Silence!” replied Crockston, “a few minutes, and we shall be saved.”
-
-The boat flew through the darkness, but James Playfair was obliged to
-steer rather by guess, as the lanterns of the “Dolphin” were no longer
-visible through the fog. He was undecided what direction to follow, and
-the darkness was so great that the rowers could not even see to the end
-of their oars.
-
-“Well, Mr. James?” said Crockston.
-
-“We must have made more than a mile and a half,” replied the Captain.
-“You don’t see anything, Crockston?”
-
-“Nothing; nevertheless I have good eyes, but we shall get there all
-right. They don’t suspect anything out there.”
-
-These words were hardly finished when the flash of a gun gleamed for an
-instant through the darkness, and vanished in the mist.
-
-“A signal!” cried James Playfair.
-
-“Whew!” exclaimed Crockston, “it must have come from the citadel. Let us
-wait.”
-
-A second, then a third shot was fired in the direction of the first, and
-almost the same signal was repeated a mile in front of the shore-boat.
-
-“That is from Fort Sumter,” cried Crockston, “and it is the signal of
-escape. Urge on the men; everything is discovered.”
-
-“Pull for your lives, my men!” cried James Playfair, urging on the
-sailors, “those gun-shots cleared my route. ‘The Dolphin’ is eight
-hundred yards ahead of us. Stop! I hear the bell on board. Hurrah, there
-it is again! Twenty pounds for you if we are back in five minutes!”
-
-The boat skimmed over the waves under the sailors’ powerful oars. A
-cannon boomed in the direction of the town. Crockston heard a ball whiz
-past them.
-
-The bell on the “Dolphin” was ringing loudly. A few more strokes and the
-boat was alongside. A few more seconds and Jenny fell into her father’s
-arms.
-
-[Illustration: JENNY FELL INTO HER FATHER’s ARMS.]
-
-The shore-boat was immediately raised, and James Playfair sprang on to
-the poop.
-
-“Is the steam up, Mr. Mathew?”
-
-“Yes, Captain.”
-
-“Have the moorings cut at once.”
-
-A few minutes later the two screws carried the steamer towards the
-principal channel, away from Fort Sumter.
-
-“Mr. Mathew,” said James, “we must not think of taking the Sullivan
-Island channel; we should run directly under the Confederate guns. Let
-us go as near as possible to the right side of the harbour out of range
-of the Federal batteries. Have you a safe man at the helm?”
-
-“Yes, Captain.”
-
-“Have the lanterns and the fires on deck extinguished; there is a great
-deal too much light, but we cannot help the reflection from the
-engine-rooms.”
-
-During this conversation the “Dolphin” was going at a great speed; but
-in altering her course to keep to the right side of the Charleston
-Harbour she was obliged to enter a channel which took her for a moment
-near Fort Sumter; and when scarcely half a mile off all the guns bearing
-on her were discharged at the same time, and a shower of shot and shell
-passed in front of the “Dolphin” with a thundering report.
-
-“Too soon, stupids,” cried James Playfair, with a burst of laughter.
-“Make haste, make haste, Mr. Engineer! We shall get between two fires.”
-
-The stokers fed the furnaces, and the “Dolphin” trembled all over with
-the effort of the engine as if she was on the point of exploding.
-
-At this moment a second report was heard, and another shower of balls
-whizzed behind the “Dolphin.”
-
-“Too late, stupids,” cried the young Captain, with a regular roar.
-
-Then Crockston, who was standing on the poop, cried, “That’s one passed.
-A few minutes more, and we shall have done with the Rebs.”
-
-“Then do you think we have nothing more to fear from Fort Sumter?” asked
-James.
-
-“Nothing at all, but everything from Fort Moultrie, at the end of
-Sullivan Island; but they will only get a chance at us for half a
-minute, and then they must choose their time well, and shoot straight if
-they want to reach us. We are getting near.”
-
-“Right; the position of Fort Moultrie will allow us to go straight for
-the principal channel. Fire away then, fire away!”
-
-At the same moment, and as if in obedience to James Playfair, the fort
-was illuminated by a triple line of lightning. A frightful crash was
-heard; then a crackling sound on board the steamer.
-
-“Touched this time!” exclaimed Crockston.
-
-“Mr. Mathew!” cried the Captain to his second, who was stationed at the
-bows, “what has been damaged?”
-
-“The bowsprit broken.”
-
-“Any wounded?”
-
-“No, Captain.”
-
-“Well, then, the masts may go to Jericho. Straight into the pass!
-Straight! and steer towards the island.”
-
-“We have passed the Rebs!” cried Crockston; “and if we must have balls
-in our hull, I would much rather have the Northerners’; they are more
-easily digested.”
-
-In fact, the “Dolphin” could not yet consider herself out of danger; for
-if Morris Island was not fortified with the formidable pieces of
-artillery which were placed there a few months later, nevertheless its
-guns and mortars could easily have sunk a ship like the “Dolphin.”
-
-The alarm had been given to the Federals on the island, and to the
-blockading squadron, by the firing from Forts Sumter and Moultrie. The
-besiegers could not make out the reason of this night attack; it did not
-seem to be directed against them. However, they were obliged to consider
-it so, and were ready to reply.
-
-It occupied James Playfair’s thoughts whilst making towards the passes
-of Morris Island; and he had reason to fear, for in a quarter of an
-hour’s time lights gleamed rapidly through the darkness. A shower of
-small shell fell round the steamer, scattering the water over her
-bulwarks; some of them even struck the deck of the “Dolphin,” but not on
-their points, which saved the ship from certain ruin. In fact, these
-shell, as it was afterwards discovered, could break into a hundred
-fragments, and each cover a superficial area of a hundred and twenty
-square feet with Greek fire, which would burn for twenty minutes, and
-nothing could extinguish it. One of these shell alone could set a ship
-on fire. Fortunately for the “Dolphin,” they were a new invention, and
-as yet far from perfect. Once thrown into the air, a false rotary
-movement kept them inclined, and, when falling, instead of striking on
-their points, where is the percussion apparatus, they fell flat. This
-defect in construction alone saved the “Dolphin.” The falling of these
-shells did her little harm, and under the pressure of her over-heated
-boilers she continued to advance into the pass.
-
-At this moment, and in spite of his orders, Mr. Halliburtt and his
-daughter went to James Playfair on the poop; the latter urged them to
-return to their cabins, but Jenny declared that she would remain by the
-Captain. As for Mr. Halliburtt, who had just learnt all the noble
-conduct of his deliverer, he pressed his hand without being able to
-utter a word.
-
-The “Dolphin” was speeding rapidly towards the open sea. There were only
-three miles more before she would be in the waters of the Atlantic; if
-the pass was free at its entrance, she was saved. James Playfair was
-wonderfully well acquainted with all the secrets of Charleston Bay, and
-he guided his ship through the darkness with an unerring hand. He was
-beginning to think his daring enterprise successful, when a sailor on
-the forecastle cried,—
-
-“A ship!”
-
-“A ship?” cried James.
-
-“Yes, on the larboard side.”
-
-The fog had cleared off, and a large frigate was seen making towards the
-pass, in order to obstruct the passage of the “Dolphin.” It was
-necessary, cost what it might, to distance her, and urge the
-steam-engine to an increase of speed, or all was lost.
-
-“Port the helm at once!” cried the Captain.
-
-Then he sprang on to the bridge above the engine. By his orders one of
-the screws was stopped, and under the action of the other the “Dolphin,”
-veering with an extraordinary rapidity avoided running foul of the
-frigate, and advanced like her to the entrance of the pass. It was now a
-question of speed.
-
-James Playfair understood that in this lay his own safety, Miss Jenny’s,
-her father’s, and that of all his crew.
-
-The frigate was considerably in advance of the “Dolphin.” It was evident
-from the volumes of black smoke issuing from her chimneys that she was
-getting up her steam. James Playfair was not the man to be left in the
-background.
-
-“How are the engines?” cried he to the engineer.
-
-“At the maximum speed,” replied the latter; “the steam is escaping by
-all the valves.”
-
-“Fasten them down,” ordered the Captain.
-
-And his orders were executed at the risk of blowing up the ship.
-
-The “Dolphin” again increased her speed; the pistons worked with
-frightful rapidity; the metal plates on which the engine was placed
-trembled under the terrific force of their blows. It was a sight to make
-the boldest shudder.
-
-“More pressure!” cried James Playfair; “put on more pressure!”
-
-“Impossible!” replied the engineer; “the valves are tightly closed; our
-furnaces are full up to the mouths.”
-
-“What difference! Fill them with cotton soaked in spirits; we must pass
-that frigate at any price.”
-
-At these words the most daring of the sailors looked at each other, but
-did not hesitate. Some bales of cotton were thrown into the engine-room,
-a barrel of spirits broached over them, and this expensive fuel placed,
-not without danger, in the red-hot furnaces. The stokers could no longer
-hear each other speak for the roaring of the flames. Soon the metal
-plates of the furnaces became red-hot; the pistons worked like the
-pistons of a locomotive; the steam-gauge showed a frightful tension; the
-steamer flew over the water; her boards creaked, and her chimneys threw
-out volumes of smoke mingled with flames. She was going at a headlong
-speed, but, nevertheless, she was gaining on the frigate—passed her,
-distanced her, and in ten minutes was out of the channel.
-
-“Saved!” cried the Captain.
-
-“Saved!” echoed the crew, clapping their hands.
-
-Already the Charleston beacon was disappearing in the south-west; the
-sound of firing from the batteries grew fainter, and it might with
-reason be thought that the danger was all past, when a shell from a
-gun-boat cruising at large was hurled whizzing through the air. It was
-easy to trace its course, thanks to the line of fire which followed it.
-
-Then was a moment of anxiety impossible to describe, every one was
-silent, and each watched fearfully the arch described by the projectile.
-Nothing could be done to escape it, and in a few seconds it fell with a
-frightful noise on the fore-deck of the “Dolphin.”
-
-The terrified sailors crowded to the stern, and no one dared move a
-step, whilst the shell was burning with a brisk crackle.
-
-But one brave man alone among them ran up to the formidable weapon of
-destruction. It was Crockston; he took the shell in his strong arms,
-whilst showers of sparks were falling from it; then, with a superhuman
-effort, he threw it overboard.
-
-Hardly had the shell reached the surface of the water when it burst with
-a frightful report.
-
-“Hurrah! hurrah!” cried the whole crew of the “Dolphin” unanimously,
-whilst Crockston rubbed his hands.
-
-[Illustration: HE TOOK THE SHELL.]
-
-Some time later the steamer sped rapidly through the waters of the
-Atlantic; the American coast disappeared in the darkness, and the
-distant lights which shot across the horizon indicated that the attack
-was general between the batteries of Morris Island and the forts of
-Charleston Harbor.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X.
- ST. MUNGO.
-
-
-The next day at sunrise the American coast had disappeared; not a ship
-was visible on the horizon, and the “Dolphin,” moderating the frightful
-rapidity of her speed, made quietly towards the Bermudas.
-
-It is useless to recount the passage across the Atlantic, which was
-marked by no accidents, and ten days after the departure from Queenstown
-the French coast was hailed.
-
-What passed between the Captain and the young girl may be imagined, even
-by the least observant individuals. How could Mr. Halliburtt acknowledge
-the devotion and courage of his deliverer, if it was not by making him
-the happiest of men? James Playfair did not wait for English seas to
-declare to the father and daughter the sentiments which overflowed his
-heart, and, if Crockston is to be believed, Miss Jenny received his
-confession with a happiness she did not try to conceal.
-
-Thus it happened that on the 14th of February, 18—, a numerous crowd was
-collected in the dim aisles of St. Mungo, the old cathedral of Glasgow.
-There were seamen, merchants, manufacturers, magistrates, and some of
-every denomination, gathered here. There was Miss Jenny in bridal array,
-and beside her the worthy Crockston, resplendent in apple-green clothes,
-with gold buttons, whilst Uncle Vincent stood proudly by his nephew.
-
-In short, they were celebrating the marriage of James Playfair, of the
-firm of Vincent Playfair and Co., of Glasgow, with Miss Jenny
-Halliburtt, of Boston.
-
-The ceremony was accomplished amidst great pomp. Every one knew the
-history of the “Dolphin,” and every one thought the young Captain well
-recompensed for his devotion. He alone said that his reward was greater
-than he deserved.
-
-In the evening there was a grand ball and banquet at Uncle Vincent’s
-house, with a large distribution of shillings to the crowd collected in
-Gordon Street. Crockston did ample justice to this memorable feast,
-while keeping himself perfectly within bounds.
-
-Every one was happy at this wedding; some at their own happiness, and
-others at the happiness around them, which is not always the case at
-ceremonies of this kind.
-
-Late in the evening, when the guests had retired, James Playfair took
-his uncle’s hand.
-
-“Well, Uncle Vincent,” said he to him.
-
-“Well, Nephew James?”
-
-“Are you pleased with the charming cargo I brought you on board the
-‘Dolphin’?” continued Captain Playfair, showing him his brave young
-wife.
-
-“I am quite satisfied,” replied the worthy merchant; “I have sold my
-cotton at three hundred and seventy-five per cent. profit.”
-
-[Illustration: “WELL, UNCLE VINCENT.”]
-
-
-
-
- THE END.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Transcriber’s Note
-
- Where hyphenation occurs on a line break, the decision to
- retain or remove is based on occurrences elsewhere in the
- text.
-
- The errors deemed most likely to be the printer’s have been
- corrected, and are noted here. The references are to the
- page and line in the original text.
-
- Errors in punctuation and quotes have been silently
- restored.
-
-
- reference correction original text
-
- 12.4 enterprise the enterpri[z]e of the freighters
-
- 16.19 top-men quartermasters, top[ ]men, steersmen
-
- 25.4 steam-ship winding passage for our steam[ ]ship.
-
- illus26 CAPSTAN-BARS EVERY MAN AT THE CAPSTAN[ ]BARS
-
- 37.14 skylights side sky[-]lights, supported on
-
- 37.15 upper deck with the upper[-]deck by wide
-
- 45.15 ironwork not a piece of iron[-]work remaining
-
- 48.15 upper deck passengers stood on the upper[-]deck
-
- 56.31 statistician the universal [statician]
-
- 73.4 upper deck the upper[-]deck at the stern
-
- 80.11 upper deck couple on to the upper[-]deck.
-
- 89.11 ahead One ring signifies ship a[-]head
-
- 91.20 ahead with the wind a[-]head, and
-
- 105.6 upper deck on to the upper[-]decks; the scene
-
- 113.7 cracks glimmered through the [creaks]
-
- 117.7 Pleiades The [Peliades] ascended the celestial
-
- 119.2 'eel' in twisting myself like an [analide]
- another edition
-
- 119.2b upper deck I reached the upper[-]deck,
-
- 126.3 a head charge 10,000 francs a[]head
-
- 127.13 homogeneity owing to the perfect [homogenity]
-
- 134.20 Mac Elwin Captain [McElwin] is one of
-
- 144.31 upper deck at the end of the upper[-]deck,
-
- 146.13 shore boats masts and shore[-]boats, hanging from
-
- 150.18 1772 have lived in [1172], or even in 1824
-
- 154.31 rope-ladder A rope[ ]ladder was thrown over
-
- 157.9 main-mast from the [mainmast]; these arrangements
-
- 165.21 statistician Cockburn, the [statician], who had
-
- 166.3 statistician And the [statician] left me
-
- 169.12 Montmartre the Boulevard [Montmatre] of Paris
-
- 186.3 Trenton Tren[d]on (New Jersey)
-
- 198.24 500 horse-power 500[-]horse[ ]power, were from
-
- 204.35 Wilmington Orleans, Wil[l]mington, and Savannah
-
- 204.36 Charleston going straight to Charlesto[w]n
-
- 205.4 Charleston Charlesto[w]n is overwhelmed
-
- 216.27 some so[ ]me incomprehensible words
-
- 217.35 fore-mast the main on the fore[]mast.
-
- 219.9 fore-mast from the fore[]mast!
-
- 246.7 lighthouse “Charleston light[-]house!”
-
- 249.28 ahead could go a[-]head without any
-
- 249.29 was Once his ship [was] safely in the
-
- 250.1 Pinckney Pickney Castle
-
- 268.21 main-mast-head placed at the [mainmast-head]
-
- 271.36 Halliburtt citadel, replied Mr. Halliburt[t]
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A FLOATING CITY AND THE
-BLOCKADE RUNNERS ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.